<<

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Issue | 12 March 2015

This report takes into account the particular instructions and requirements of our client. It is not intended for and should not be relied upon by any third party and no responsibility is undertaken to any third party.

Job number 237568

Ove Arup & Partners Ltd Admiral House Rose Wharf 78 East Street Leeds LS9 8EE www.arup.com

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Contents

Page

Introduction 4 1.1 Overview 4 1.2 Role of this Study 4 1.3 Document Status and Programme for updates 5 1.4 Requirement for this Study 5

Understanding of Policy Context 8 2.1 Introduction 8 2.2 Planning Policy Context 8 2.3 Cross Boundary Issues 11

Methodology 17 3.1 Scope of the Infrastructure Study 17 3.2 Broad Stages of Assessment 17 3.3 Development Quantity Assumptions 18

Transport 21 4.1 Data Sources 21 4.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fitness for Purpose 21 4.3 Planned Schemes 25 4.4 Impact of Proposed Development 29 4.5 Summary of Transport Infrastructure 30

Utilities 33 5.1 Data Sources 33 5.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose 33 5.3 Planned Schemes 39 5.4 Impact of Proposed Development 41 5.5 Summary of Utility Infrastructure 53

Telecommunications 56 6.1 Data Sources 56 6.2 Regulation 56 6.3 Existing Infrastructure 58 6.4 Fit for Purpose 60 6.5 Planned Schemes 61 6.6 Impact of Proposed Development 62 6.7 Summary of telecommunications infrastructure 63

| Issue | 12 March 2015

\\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Flood Risk and Drainage 65 7.1 Data Sources 65 7.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose 65 7.3 Planned Schemes 66 7.4 Impact of Proposed Development 70 7.5 Summary of Flood Risk and Drainage Infrastructure 71

Waste Management 75 8.1 Data Sources 75 8.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose 75 8.3 Planned Schemes 75 8.4 Impact of Proposed Development 76 8.5 Summary of Waste Infrastructure 77

Public Realm and Open Space 78 9.1 Data Sources 78 9.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose 78 9.3 Planned Schemes 90 9.4 Impact of Proposed Development 98 9.5 Delivery and Responsibility 98 9.6 Summary of Green Infrastructure and Open Space 99

Outdoor Sport and Recreation 103 10.1 Data Sources 103 10.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose 103 10.3 Planned Schemes. 112 10.4 Impact of Proposed Development 113 10.5 Delivery and Responsibility 113 10.6 Summary of Sports and Recreation Infrastructure 114

Health Provision 115 11.1 Data Sources 115 11.2 Existing Infrastructure 115 11.3 Fit for Purpose 116 11.4 Planned Schemes 117 11.5 Impact of Proposed Development 117 11.6 Delivery and Responsibility 118 11.7 Summary of Health Infrastructure 119

Emergency Services 120 12.1 Data Sources 120 12.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose 120 12.3 Planned Schemes 122 12.4 Impact of Proposed Development 123

| Issue | 12 March 2015

\\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

12.5 Summary of Emergency Service Infrastructure 124

Education 127 13.1 Data Sources 127 13.2 Existing Infrastructure 127 13.3 Fit for Purpose 127 13.4 Planned Schemes 128 13.5 Impact of Proposed Development 130 13.6 Summary of Education Infrastructure 132

Community and Cultural 134 14.1 Data Sources 134 14.2 Existing Infrastructure 134 14.3 Fit for Purpose 136 14.4 Planned Schemes 137 14.5 Impact of Proposed Development 138 14.6 Delivery and Responsibility 139 14.7 Summary of Community and Cultural Infrastructure 140

Infrastructure Delivery Programme 142 15.1 Overview 142 15.2 Hull’s infrastructure Requirements and Investment 142 15.3 Enabling infrastructure 144

Funding Sources 157 16.1 Overview 157 16.2 Exploring opportunities for securing funding 157

Conclusions and Recommendations 161 17.1 Overall Conclusion 161 17.2 Infrastructure-Specific Conclusions 161 17.3 Priority Infrastructure 163 17.4 Recommendations 164

| Issue | 12 March 2015

\\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Introduction

1.1 Overview Hull City Council (HCC) has commissioned Ove Arup and Partners Limited (Arup) to undertake an Infrastructure Study for the Local Authority area of Hull. The purpose of this study is to provide a technical evidence base document, which will at first inform the production of a Community Infrastructure Levy and ultimately support the production of the Hull Local Plan. The purpose of this document will offer certainty regarding the infrastructure required to deliver the planned level of housing and employment growth in the City. The National Planning Policy Framework and National Planning Practice Guidance requires Local Plans to positively plan for development and infrastructure required in the area to meet spatial objectives. Local Planning Authorities must progress a proportionate evidence base for infrastructure which assesses the quality and capacity of various forms of infrastructure. A growing population within Hull and pressure arising from an evolving population structure, alongside a strengthening and diversification of key employment sectors and the unavoidable impact of climate change will all have fundamental impacts on the required infrastructure provision across the Local Plan Period. Analysis and conclusions within the Infrastructure Study will therefore assess the suitability of the current provision and the extent to which various infrastructure will be ‘fit for purpose’ against the land requirements to deliver objectively assessed housing and employment needs. By bringing together data and the views of expert stakeholders, such as information on the current provision and infrastructure requirements, projected costs and funding mechanisms, the premise of the infrastructure study will be to ensure future development is delivered within infrastructure limits. Within the context of limited and diminishing Council funding, establishing an infrastructure evidence base document will ensure aligned investment decisions which have greatest effect and offer certainty to service providers, funders and developers.

1.2 Role of this Study To achieve the Vision and Strategic Policies as set out within the Hull Local Plan Issues and Options, including becoming a sustainable and attractive City where people choose to live and work and becoming a superb venue for the UK City of Culture 2017, Hull must be equipped for growth and change. This study will therefore form a component in underpinning this City transformation, and will also have a fundamental role in contributing Hull’s working relationship with Local Enterprise Partnership (LEP). To provide a technical evidence base suitable to inform the production of future stages of the Hull Local Plan the study has sought to understand:  The current level of infrastructure provision within Hull (and whether this infrastructure is currently fit for purpose to support the existing population.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 4 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 The level of planned infrastructure within Hull – as set out in plans and strategies adopted by HCC and the forthcoming strategies from organisations responsible for the delivery of planned infrastructure.  Whether the current and planned infrastructure scheduled to be delivered will meet the requirements for Hull when set against the objectively assessed housing and employment needs and strategic aspirations – and subsequently whether a gap exists between supply and demand  The costs associated with planned infrastructure provision and whether there is a gap between committed, allocated and required investment; and  The scale of the gap between committed, allocated and required investment in infrastructure and the potential means by which this gap could be bridged where no source has been identified. This is particularly important in light of declining Council funding and infrastructure spend.

1.3 Document Status and Programme for updates Arup have been retained by Hull City Council to continue to update this Infrastructure Study working towards the publication of the Local Plan, however there is an initial role for the study to assess funding arrangements to allow the Council to progress the Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL). The format of the Community Infrastructure Levy requires infrastructure to be assessed as strategic, enabling or place-shaping and therefore the Infrastructure study will therefore have a role in confirming whether this is appropriate. Therefore this Interim Stage 2 Infrastructure Study represents a ‘discussion draft’ document that will inform the process of CIL delivery in early 2015. Arup will then update the Infrastructure Study to support the Publication Draft (late 2015) and Submission Draft Local Plan (early 2016). This will therefore include on- going consultation with HCC and external stakeholders.

1.4 Requirement for this Study

1.4.1 National Planning Policy Framework The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) is founded on delivering and achieving sustainable development. This means supporting strong and healthy communities, protecting and enhancing our natural, built and historic environment and contributing to building a strong, responsive and competitive economy by identifying and coordinating development requirements, including the provision of infrastructure. Specifically in relation to infrastructure, the NPPF requires Local Planning Authorities to work with other authorities and providers to:  ‘Assess the quality and capacity of infrastructure for transport, waste water and its treatment, energy (including heat), telecommunications, utilities, waste, health, social care, education, flood risk and coastal change management, and its ability to meet forecast demands’; and,

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 5 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 ‘Take account of the need for strategic infrastructure including nationally significant infrastructure within their areas’1. The NPPF also promotes the deliverability of planned infrastructure and timeliness with which this can be brought forward. Paragraph 173 states that plans should be deliverable and sustainable development requires careful attention to viability and costs in plan-making and decision-taking. Specifically in relation to infrastructure delivery, the NPPF Paragraph 177 states that: ‘It is equally important to ensure that there is a reasonable prospect that planned infrastructure is deliverable in a timely fashion. To facilitate this, it is important that local planning authorities understand district-wide development costs at the time Local Plans are drawn-up. For this reasons, infrastructure and development policies should be planned at the same time, in the Local Plan. Any affordable housing or local standards requirements that may be applied to development should be assessed at the plan-making stage, where possible, and kept under review’. In addition to the requirements within the NPPF, the National Infrastructure Plan (2013)2 articulates a vision to deliver joined-up infrastructure across the UK to meet sector-specific and national infrastructure needs to 2020 and beyond. The Plan identifies the priority projects supporting the policy approach and defines where finance gaps remain; it also outlines the government’s policy approach to local infrastructure. Although the National Infrastructure Plan focuses on the government’s approach to accelerating local economic growth, the Plan references the LEP Growth Deals as a fantastic opportunity to support local infrastructure for places that wish to take advantage of them. The National Infrastructure Plan will continue to develop, to ensure that it remains fit for purpose as the UK’s infrastructure needs change over time.

1.4.2 National Planning Practice Guidance The National Planning Practice Guidance (NPPG) includes guidance on considering infrastructure provision at paragraph: 018 of the Local Plans Section (Reference ID: 12-018-20140306). This section notes that a Local Planning Authorities should ‘play careful attention to providing an adequate supply of land, identifying what infrastructure is required and how it can be funded and brought on stream at the appropriate time; and ensuring that the requirements of the plan as a whole will not prejudice the viability of development’. NPPG also highlights the importance of early discussion with infrastructure and service providers is particularly important to help understand their investment plans and critical dependencies. It also highlights that local planning authority should also involve the Local Enterprise Partnership at an early stage in considering the strategic issues facing their area, including the prospects for investment in infrastructure. The NPPG states that:

1 NPPF (2012), Paragraph 162 2https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/263159/national_in frastructure_plan_2013.pdf

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 6 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

‘The Local Plan should make clear, for at least the first five years, what infrastructure is required, who is going to fund and provide it, and how it relates to the anticipated rate and phasing of development. This may help in reviewing the plan and in development management decisions. For the later stages of the plan period less detail may be provided as the position regarding the provision of infrastructure is likely to be less certain. If it is known that a development is unlikely to come forward until after the plan period due, for example, to uncertainty over deliverability of key infrastructure, then this should be clearly stated in the draft plan. Where the deliverability of critical infrastructure is uncertain then the plan should address the consequences of this, including possible contingency arrangements and alternative strategies. The detail concerning planned infrastructure provision can be set out in a supporting document such as an infrastructure delivery programme that can be updated regularly. However the key infrastructure requirements on which delivery of the plan depends should be contained in the Local Plan itself’.

1.4.3 Document Structure The Study is structured around the following sections:  Section 2: sets out the local planning context, including the emerging policy context and also the key drivers and requirements emerging from the strategies of the Local Economic Partnership. This section concludes with the headline working assumptions in terms of projected housing and economic growth and likely distribution of development.  Section 3: sets out the scope of infrastructure types considered by the study. It sets out the methodology used for assessing each of these infrastructure types to determine existing provision, what is planned and whether there is a gap in provision, costs of provision, and mechanisms to deliver identified infrastructure needs. This section also sets out the development assumptions that have been used to inform this infrastructure study.  Sections 4 to 14: assessed each infrastructure type considered within the scope of the study against the defined methodology, concluding the detailed requirements, gaps in provision, planned schemes, implications for the planned housing and employment in Hull up to 2030 and how infrastructure could progress towards adapting to climate change.  Section 15: sets out the broad categories of infrastructure requirements in Hull to 2030, together with a detailed delivery programme of all the individual infrastructure projects / schemes identified through the study, including indicative costs, committed funding and subsequent funding gaps that need to be met.  Section 16: explores opportunities for securing funding to facilitate infrastructure delivery of each of the broad categories, considering potential means to meet identified gaps.  Section 17: sets out overall conclusions and recommendations.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 7 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Understanding of Policy Context

2.1 Introduction The following section outlines the planning policy context for infrastructure planning in Hull and the development assumptions agreed in order to appraise future infrastructure requirements.

2.2 Planning Policy Context The current Development Plan for Hull comprises the Hull Local Plan (2000) and two adopted Area Action Plans: Holderness Road Corridor Area Action Plan and Newington and St Andrews Area Action Plan. City Council had made significant progress toward the Hull Local Plan: Core Strategy, which was submitted for examination in January 2012. However following the release of the National Planning Policy Framework and issues surrounding housing numbers and cumulative viability of standards, the Plan was withdrawn from public examination in December 2012. In May 2014, Hull City Council consulted on the Local Plan Issues and Options.

2.2.1 Adopted Planning Policy Kingston upon Hull Local Plan, 2000 The Kingston upon Hull Local Plan was adopted in 2000. The aims of this City Plan focussed on fostering sustainable development and promoting urban regeneration. This Plan sought to deliver 7,516 dwellings across the Plan Period (1996 – 2006), including large scale allocations such as Victoria Dock and St Richards Playing Fields. To allow for a wider choice for potential developers and greater scope for development, a total of 322ha is allocated in a wide variety of locations. Strategic locations for major development include Priory Park, Kingswood, Sutton Fields and the Port (Hedon Road area). Newington and St Andrews Area Action Plan, 2010 This Area Action Plan was adopted in February 2010. The AAP proposes that the area will deliver approximately 1,850 new homes, which is balanced against 1,800 to be demolished. Whilst the Plan does not appear to deliver new industrial land, 250 commercial units will be improved and 25 units will be created and both the Hawthorne Avenue and Area industrial areas will also be improved in the longer term. Holderness Road Area Action Plan, 2011 The Holderness Road Area Action Plan was adopted in March 2011, for an area identified for significant regeneration. The AAP aims to deliver 1,845 net dwellings (3,665 gross) through the period 2009 – 2024 and in terms of employment, the AAP seeks to address high levels of worklessness to achieve the additional employment requirement.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 8 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

2.2.2 Emerging Planning Policy Emerging Local Plan Issues and Options, 2014 In May 2014, Hull City Council consulted on the Local Plan Issues and Options. The Hull Local Plan, the vision and priorities are shaped by the City Plan, which forms a directional sustainable growth strategy for the next 10 years in the City. In summary, the strategic priorities for the Local Plan are therefore to: strengthen the economic growth in the City and to improve the City Centre; provide housing to meet aspirations and identified needs; develop a more sustainable and efficient transport system; mitigate flood risk and address climate change; enhance Hull’s distinct character through heritage and design; develop an environment that supports healthy lifestyles and wellbeing; and, to ensure Hull has the infrastructure to deliver the Local Plan’s aspirations. From a range of demographic scenarios tested, the most likely housing requirement would in a need for around 14,400 new homes between 2011 and 2030, an average of 760 new homes per year (0.7% increase). Other scenarios are examined in the 2013 Strategic Housing Market Assessment. To establish a basis for determining Infrastructure Needs, Section 3.2 below considers how the Infrastructure Study has mapped this need onto a potential distribution of housing development. It is estimated that current overall employment in the city is around 131,800 jobs. Projections set out in the Hull Employment Land Review 2014 suggest total employment could remain at a similar level to this over the Plan Period or alternative growth to a highest level of up to 10,000 jobs across all sectors. The Local Plan has suggested a need for between 70 – 85ha of land up to 2030. However this is based on projecting forward past trends which are open to uncertainties as these are not likely to reflect the significant growth potential emerging from new industries locating in the city. The Local Plan identifies a range of different types of sites across different locations, which could form part of a portfolio of employment sites totalling approximately 205ha (including 56ha of land at Alexandra Dock). The information included in Table 2.2 has been used to inform the Infrastructure Study. Emerging Kingswood Area Action Plan Hull City Council is currently preparing an Area Action Plan for the Kingswood. The Development Options version of the Area Action Plan was consulted on in early 2013, and a publication version is scheduled for April 2015 This area of the City is going through significant expansion and this change needs to be positively shaped. Kingswood was identified in the emerging Hull Local Plan as a key housing development site for the City which could deliver 3,400 units. Whilst the early phases of Kingswood have been completed or are under construction, more than half the total number of houses still remains to be built in order to complete the scheme. The AAP states that Kingswood has been successful in generating jobs and more than 200 have been provided primarily at the District Centre and the Leisure Park, and to a lesser extent on the existing Business Park. The largest opportunity exists within the allocated employment land and the Kingswood Park Development

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 9 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Company (the owner of the employment land area) considers that the land is unlikely to come forward for employment use.

2.2.3 Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) The Community Infrastructure Levy is a locally-specific charge on development which a Local Authority can choose to introduce as part of the Local Plan process. Fees could be used to supplement other funding sources for a range of infrastructure that will support development in the area. As set out in section 1.3, the Hull Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 report will provide the evidence of the infrastructure funding gap to support the production of the Regulation 123 list that accompanies the CIL charging schedule by confirming infrastructure provision and identifying gaps in available funding. A preliminary draft charging schedule for Community Infrastructure Levy was available for consultation in summer 2013. This document outlines the proposed approach to CIL, and the potential charge level and types of development to be charged. Through reference to the Hull Infrastructure Study 2010, the draft charging schedule for CIL stated that each infrastructure type would require its own funding solution, and CIL could play some role in providing funding to meet this gap. However, the Preliminary Draft Charging Schedule suggested that it is likely, through previous evidence, that CIL will not generate sufficient funds to pay for substantial amount of infrastructure within the City. The Draft Charging Schedule, informed by the Hull Infrastructure Interim Stage 2 Study will begin public consultation in 2015.

2.2.4 Climate Change Adaptation Policy Given the extent to which the local authority area of Hull is at risk from extreme weather events and climate change, it is pertinent to have regard to national climate change and adaptation guidance. The National Adaptation Programme: Making the Country Resilient to a Changing Climate (July 2013) states that the highest order risks to infrastructure and the built environment within the Climate Change Risk Assessment (CCRA), were associated with flooding. In particular, the CCRA highlights power generation, energy supply, strategic transport networks and sewers as being at significant risk of increased flooding. Another major risk is the significant potential decrease in the water available for public supply. Based on the focus areas of infrastructure asset management, the regulatory framework, local infrastructure and infrastructure interdependencies, the National Adaptation Programme sets out the following objectives:  Objective 7: To ensure infrastructure is located, planned, designed and maintained to be resilient to climate change, including increasingly extreme weather events;  Objective 8: To develop regulatory frameworks to support and promote a resilient and adaptive infrastructure sector.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 10 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Objective 9: To better understand the particular vulnerabilities facing local infrastructure from extreme weather and long-term climate change to determine actions to address the risks.  Objective 10: To develop understanding and promote expertise in managing interconnected and interdependent services, to minimise the risks of cascade failures which could be exacerbated by climate change and identify how systems thinking can support this. The National Adaptation Programme contains a Climate Change Risk Assessment with Key Actions for each infrastructure type and the timescales for delivering each action. In addition, the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills sets out the opportunities arising from the Smart City Market3. The report covers Smart Energy, Transport and Waste Management, and assesses the market size and strengths within the UK.

2.3 Cross Boundary Issues

2.3.1 Requirements The administrative boundary of Hull is tightly surrounded by the East Riding of boundary. The two Local Planning Authorities work closely together to consider cross-boundary issues and to understand how planned development might impact on each area. The National Planning Policy Framework requires Local Planning Authorities to plan strategically across local boundaries through a ‘Duty to Cooperate’4. More specifically, this requires Local Planning Authorities to work collaboratively with other bodies and demonstrate through evidence that strategic priorities are properly coordinated and clearly reflected in individual Local Plans. Other bodies could comprise, but are not limited to, Local Enterprise Partnerships and Local Nature Partnerships, private sector bodies, utility and infrastructure providers. The provision of infrastructure for transport, telecommunications, waste management, water supply, wastewater, flood risk and coastal change, the provision of minerals and energy is identified as a strategic priority5. The Planning Practice Guidance largely reiterates the content of national policy. It further details the requirements of the Duty, by requiring Local Planning Authorities and public bodies to engage constructively, actively and on an o- ongoing basis to maximise the effectiveness of Local Plan preparation in the context of strategic cross boundary matters. Again, it further highlights the importance of planning for infrastructure6. Infrastructure is a key requirement of the ‘effectiveness’ element of the Local Plan test of soundness, which requires plans to be deliverable and based on effective joint working on cross-boundary strategic priorities. The involvement of

3 BIS Research Paper No 136 The Smart City Market: Opportunities for the UK (October 2013) 4 NPPF Paragraphs 178 – 181. 5 NPPF Paragraph 156. 6 Planning Practice Guidance, ID:9

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 11 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

infrastructure providers in local Plan preparation is critical to ensuring that Local Plans are deliverable.

2.3.2 East Riding Local Plan Development Council produced a Proposed Submission Draft Local Plan Strategy and Allocation Documents in January 2014 and Main Modifications in summer 2014. Examination in Public Hearing Sessions are currently on-going and are likely to conclude before the end of 2014. The relevant cross boundary issues have been included in section 2.3.4 Table 2.1 below, sets out the proposed housing and employment allocations (1 hectare and over) neighbouring the Hull Local Authority boundary. These allocations have been confirmed through consultation with East Riding of Yorkshire Council. This Infrastructure Study will make reference to the impact of these sites on infrastructure provision and need within Hull. Table 2.1: East Riding Proposed Housing and Employment Allocations

Site Site Size Description Reference in HAV-A 205ha Hedon Haven – Located to the east of the Alexandra Dock, this site is allocated to cater for the expansion of the . The Proposed Submission Allocations document states that proposals must mitigate their impact on the road network, incorporating a direct road (and if possible rail link) to Alexandra Dock, and incorporate regional sustainable drainage systems. DUN-A 8.28ha Land East of Road – Located to the west of Kingswood, this site is allocated for a Park and Ride facility including ancillary uses. HES-I 19.36ha The Humber Bridgehead site is proposed as a high quality business park. HES-A 29.55 Tranby Park and Stokedove Wood Housing Allocation, . HES-B 8.57ha Land at Hessle Mount Housing Allocation, Hessle. AWK-B 19.05ha Land South of Great Gutter Lane West Housing Allocation, Kirk Ella. AWK-C 9.49ha Land North of Well Lane Housing Allocation, Willerby. AWK-D 3.83ha Wolferton Upper School Housing Allocation, Kirk Ella AWK-E 1.29ha Tranby Croft Farm, Tranby Lane Housing Allocation, AWK-F 9.18ha Former Camp, Beverley Road, Housing Allocation, Anlaby AWK-G 7.71ha Land between Lowfield Road and First Lane, Housing Allocation, Anlaby AWK-H 4.10ha Willerby Hill Business Park, Beverley Road, Employment Allocation, Willerby AWK-I 1.13ha Land at Springfield Way, Employment Allocation, Anlaby COT-A 5.81ha Land North of Harland Way, Housing Allocation, Cottingham COT-B 1.68ha Land West of Park Lane, Housing Allocation, Cottingham COT-C 11.88ha Land south of Harland Way Housing Allocation, Cottingham. COT-D 3.86ha Feren’s Hall, Northgate, Housing Allocation, Cottingham

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 12 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

COT-E 2.04ha Land West of Station Road, Housing Allocation, Cottingham COT-F 11.65ha Land South of Castle Road Housing Allocation, Cottingham. COT-J 1.67ha Land at Needler Hall, Mixed Use Allocation, Cottingham COT-I 14.1ha Land East of North Moor Lane Employment allocation, Cottingham.

2.3.3 Humber Local Enterprise Partnership Overview The Humber Local Enterprise Partnership (LEP)’s priority is to create growth and jobs in the Humber Area across the renewable energy, logistics, ports and chemical sectors. The LEP consists of the following local authorities:  Kingston upon Hull City Council.  East Riding of Yorkshire Council.  North East Lincolnshire Council.  North Lincolnshire Council. The Humber Local Enterprise Partnership, Strategic Economic Plan The Humber LEP’s Strategic Economic Plan (SEP), prepared in 2014, forms the overarching strategic document for the Local Enterprise Partnership and covers the period to 2020. One route to funding the priorities that support the SEP are Growth Deals, of which a key component is bidding for the Local Growth Fund. The Humber SEP represents a bid for £61.7m of 2015/16 from Local Growth Fund,in order to unlock an additional £192m of public and private investment in the same year. This was to be broadly split across the following areas:  Creating an infrastructure that supports growth, £8.4m (£176.13m with other investment sources).  Supporting businesses to succeed, £12.6m (£73m with other investment sources).  A great place to live and visit, £11.75m (£663.62m with other investment sources).  A skilled and productive workforce, £8.184 (£33.91m with other investment sources).  Flood risk and environmental management, £20.02m (£131.0m with other investment sources). Central Government Growth Fund Announcement In July 2014, Central Government announced that the Humber LEP had secured £103.7m from the Government’s Local Growth Fund to support economic growth across the LEP area, with £21.2m of new funding confirmed for 2015/16 and £60.6m for 2016/17 to 2021. The Local Growth Funding secured in Hull to support infrastructure development has been summarised in Table 2.2. The secured funding has also been referenced in Infrastructure Delivery Programme at Table 15.1.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 13 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 2.2: Hull Local Growth Funding

Creating the infrastructure that supports growth, including transport and housing: Support the £102m planned electrification of the rail route between the East Coast Main Line (already electrified) and Hull via Selby, subject to the outcome of the current DfT funded feasibility study and agreement on a funding package and funding mechanism. The scheme will aim to improve connectivity to northern cities and London, as well as enhance the passenger experience with improved journey times. Fund an enhanced City Bridge crossing the A63 in the marina area of Hull, which will be a centre of activity for Hull City of Culture: 2017 events. As well as providing a high quality crossing which is safe and attractive to users, the City Bridge will enable inward investment in the Fruit Market and Waterfront areas in Hull. Significantly improve and diversify the housing offer in Hull by enabling 1,500 new homes across the City, as well as refurbishing 4,500 existing homes. Stimulating economic development through further investment in flood and coastal risk management Albert Dock Flood Alleviation Works in Hull helping to safeguard 3,000 people employed in businesses affected by the tidal surge in December 2013 A package of flood defence projects on the North Bank of the Humber, including projects at Hull and Holderness; Cottingham and Orchard Park; Anlaby and ; and Integrated Delivery. This will reduce the flood risk to over 57,000 residential properties

2.3.4 Cross Boundary Infrastructure Issues An understanding of cross boundary infrastructure issues has been developed through:  Review of the East Riding of Yorkshire Infrastructure Study.  Review of the Hull and East Riding Joint Background Paper7.  Discussions with HCC Officers.  Discussion with East Riding of Yorkshire Officers. Based on this discussion the following cross boundary infrastructure issues have been identified. Table 2.3 Cross-boundary Infrastructure Issues

Infrastructure Cross Boundary Comments Theme Infrastructure Transport Improvements to This corridor connects Hull City Centre and Hull the A63 / A1033 Eastern Corridor employment area with Hedon Haven / corridor. Paull in the ERYC. Improvements to Required to facilitate access to Hull from the north, as the A1079/A1033 well as to Beverley and other parts of the East Riding Dunswell from the south Roundabout A park and ride This Park and Ride Facility is located within the facility on the ERYC, but will provide access between Hull City Hedon Haven Centre and Hedon Haven.

7 Produced by East Riding of Yorkshire Council and Hull City Council to support the East Riding Local Plan Examination in Public (2014)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 14 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Key Employment Site to serve areas to the east A northern park This roundabout in in the ERYC. It will help reduce and ride facility is traffic congestion from the north of the City in the proposed adjacent corridor leading into the City Centre. to the A1079/A1033 Dunswell Roundabout. Electrification of The electrification of this passenger rail line would Passenger Rail provide improved accessibility from Hull and Brough between East (in ERYC) towards Leeds. A Northern Electrification Coast Mainline Task Force has been set up to confirm the priorities for and Hull (via electrification in the North of . Selby). Funding of £2.5m has been awarded by Government to allow further design work to be carried out (up to GRIP 3 stage) an additional £7.5 million has also been allocated towards the overall cost of the scheme from Local Growth Fund (LGF) to try and accelerate the electrification of this route. Utilities Electricity There are joint electricity capacity issues across Hull and East Riding of Yorkshire. There is a potential need for additional extra high voltage electricity distribution infrastructure to serve new development within Western and Northern areas of the City, the Major Haltemprice Settlements, Beverley, and Hedon Haven. Flood Risk and Cross-Boundary Along the wider River Humber and River Hull, Drainage Flood Risk investment is needed in existing sea and river defences to maintain and, where necessary, enhance current standards of protection, to keep pace with climate change. Willerby and This scheme is located within the ERYC boundary, but Derington Flood reduces the amount of surface water entering the City Risk Alleviation of Hull. This scheme is on site and planned for Scheme completion in early 2016. Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and ERDF funding has been used to fund this scheme. The cost of the scheme is approximately £14.92m. Anlaby and East This scheme is located within the ERYC boundary, but Ella Flood Risk reduces the amount of surface water entering the City Alleviation of Hull. The estimated cost of this scheme is Scheme approximately £14.81m and has gained Local Growth Funding for the feasibility work (Project Appraisal Report stage), which should be completed by December 2014. This scheme is planned for the future. This would be funded by Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and Local Growth Fund. Cottingham and This scheme is located within the ERYC boundary, but Orchard Park reduces the amount of surface water entering the City Flood Risk of Hull . Alleviation The estimated cost of this scheme is approximately Scheme £20m and has gained Local Growth Funding for the feasibility work (Project Appraisal Report stage) which should be completed by December 2014.This scheme

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 15 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

is planned for the future. A funding bid for Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) will be in March 2015. River Hull This strategy is being led by the East Riding of Integrated Yorkshire Council, who has commissioned Grontmij to Catchment carry out the strategy. Strategy This strategy is looking at flood risk from the sea, 2014. river, surface water and sewers. The EA, YW, KHCC and ERYC are involved. Elected Members in KHCC and ERYC have agreed to support the recommendations of this report in terms of the options for managing flood risk. This report will consider the options for reducing flood risk. This could include pumping, flood storage areas, raising embankments or different maintenance regimes. The findings from the report are expected in late 2014 / early 2015. Waste Household Waste Hull and ERYC have jointly procured waste contracts Collection and that begin in April 2015. Treatment. Emergency Fire, Police and These services are provided on a basis and Services Ambulance therefore are delivered on a cross boundary basis. Services.

In summary, there are a number of cross boundary infrastructure issues across Hull and East Riding of Yorkshire. Therefore, the infrastructure requirements that will be needed to support the planned level of development across both the East Riding and Hull have been fully assessed. The infrastructure studies for both Authorities have identified that additional investment will be required to improve highway capacity and electricity distribution, as well as alleviate flood risk. However, these do not present a significant constraint that would prevent development from being delivered across the two authority areas.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 16 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Methodology

3.1 Scope of the Infrastructure Study This study builds on the Hull Infrastructure Study, which was produced in 2010 and therefore a number of proposed baseline amendments and additions were agreed with Hull City Council in summer 2014. The following types of infrastructure were agreed to be assessed. Table 3.1: Infrastructure Types

Report Infrastructure Types Sub-Sector Chapter 4 Transport Highways, Park and Ride, Rail (Passenger and Freight), Bus, Walking and Cycling, Ports 5 Utility Networks Electricity, Gas, Water Supply, Waste Water. 6 Telecommunications Fixed voice, Broadband / Wi-fi, Mobile, TV distribution. 7 Flood Risk and Drainage Coastal, Fluvial and Surface Water. 8 Waste, Minerals and Waste Management. Recycling 9 Green Infrastructure, Open Spaces, Play Areas and Allotments. 10 Sport and Recreation Sports and Playing Pitches. 11 Health Health Centres and Hospitals. 12 Emergency Services Police, Fire and Rescue, and Ambulance 13 Education Primary School and Secondary School 14 Community and Cultural Museums & Galleries, Cemeteries & Crematorium, Libraries, Public Realm Improvements. 15 Climate Change & Renewable Heat, Wind, Solar, Biomass, Fabric Renewables Efficiency, Electric Vehicle Infrastructure

3.2 Broad Stages of Assessment The study reviews each of these infrastructure types under four broad stages: Stage 1: Confirm current Provision and if it is currently fit for purpose This identifies current infrastructure provision in Hull and examines whether it is adequate to meet the needs of the current population. This has been undertaken through a quantitative assessment of current infrastructure and its spatial distribution, and is principally based on an extensive review of secondary data sources. This analysis has been supplemented by discussions with key stakeholders and local service providers to understand if existing facilities are ‘fit for purpose’. This report includes a chapter on each infrastructure type, therefore stage 1 information for each infrastructure types is included in Sections 4 to 15 as indication in Table 3.1.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 17 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Stage 2: Planned and programmed infrastructure provision This identifies planned infrastructure provision up to 2030. It includes assessment of how planned infrastructure could itself meet any gaps in current provision. This is based on an analysis of secondary sources and discussions with stakeholders and officers. Stage 2 information for each infrastructure types is included in Sections 4 to 15 as indication in Table 3.1. Stage 3: Confirm implications and any gaps in infrastructure provision to meet growth aspirations up to 2030 The study considers the infrastructure needed to support the level of growth proposed for Hull up to 2030. The assumed development quantities used by the study are set out in Section 3.3. Stage 3 information for each infrastructure type is included in Sections 4 to 14 as indication in Table 3.1 and also included summarised in Section 15. As the Interim Stage 2 Report will be used to inform the progress of the Community Infrastructure Levy, the third stage of the assessment has been ordered using the categories of strategic, enabling or place-shaping depending on the extent to which infrastructure is required to support growth. These categories are therefore defined as follows: Strategic Infrastructure: which represents nationally and/or regionally significant infrastructure. Enabling Infrastructure: which is critical to the development on individual strategically important sites in Hull (and East Riding in some instances) or other infrastructure of strategic importance to Hull. Place-making Infrastructure: which is critical to the wider regeneration of Hull. Stage 4: Identifies committed and potential funding sources to deliver the required infrastructure Beyond gaps in current provision, the study considers how future growth may contribute to infrastructure needs, whether planned schemes will address needs, or whether they will generate additional requirements. Stage 4 information for each infrastructure types is included in Sections 4 to 14 as indication in Table 3.1 and also included summarised in Section 15 and 16. This section of the study also reviews committed and allocated funding and establishes the cost of bridging the gap in infrastructure provision required to deliver planned housing and employment growth. This includes consideration of the mechanisms and options available to fund and deliver identified infrastructure needs.

3.3 Development Quantity Assumptions The study considers the infrastructure needed to support the level of growth proposed for Hull between now and 2030. As the emerging Local Plan is likely to be subject to some amendment, this section confirms the interim agreed assumptions for the quantum of development which will underpin the appraisal of infrastructure.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 18 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The Issues and Options Local Plan indicates that the most likely housing requirement would result in a need for around 14,400 new homes between 2011 and 2030, however the distribution of new sites in the City, as identified by the SHLAA and summarised within Table 2.1, totals 15,105. As the future distribution of housing development is not yet fixed through allocation of sites, it is necessary for the Interim Stage 2 Infrastructure Study to use an indicative future distribution. The study therefore calibrates the future housing need against the potential supply of sites. Table 3.2 below sets out how future housing need of 14,400 new homes between 2011 and 2030 can be calibrated against the potential supply of land. Table 3.2 Total housing need against supply of potential housing sites

Distribution Supply of Sites (as calibrated against identified by the Issues and Options Broad Area SHLAA) Percentage Housing Need Holderness Road Corridor 2326 15% 2217 City Centre 3206 21% 3056 Newington and St Andrews 1563 10% 1490 Kingswood 3409 23% 3250 West of River Hull 2133 14% 2033 East of River Hull 2468 16% 2353 Total 15,105 100% 14400

Source: Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment (2013) and Hull Local Plan Issues and Options (2014) In a similar way the employment development assumptions in this study are based on identified supply distribution in the City, as established through the Hull Employment Land Review 2014 (see Table 3.3).

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 19 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 3.3: Distribution of Employment Land Supply

Location of opportunity Site Area (ha) Siemens (Green Port Hull) Western Corridor 22.38 0 Eastern Corridor 27.22 0 Port 46.14 56ha8 Heartlands 28.93 0 Sutton Fields 2.21 0 National Avenue 0.73 0 Kingswood 13.66 0 City Centre 7.81 0 Total 149.08 56 Overall Total 205.08ha

Source: Hull Employment Land Review, 2014

8 The Green Port Hull referenced in table 2.2, is a scheme by Siemens and the Association of British Ports (ABP) for the redevelopment of Alexandra Dock into an off-shore wind turbine assembly facility and the site of the proposed rotor blade manufacturing facility, approximately one mile to the north of village of Paull (in the East Riding of Yorkshire administrative boundary). This is a strategically important investment in the Humber and has therefore been identified as a separate 56ha of land at Alexandra Dock for allocation. The planning application for this scheme was approved in September 2014.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 20 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Transport

4.1 Data Sources This section covers the highway, passenger rail, freight rail and cycling and pedestrian improvements. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Discussion with Michael Ibbotson and Paul Robinson (HCC Transport).  Local Transport Plan 3, 2011 - 2026.  Humber Growth Deal and Strategic Economic Plan, 2014.  Hull Local Plan – Issues and Options 2014.

4.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fitness for Purpose

4.2.1 Highways The ‘A63 Castle Street / A1033’ forms the main access artery for Hull and serves the City Centre, the Port and key development sites. Castle Street is one of the busiest stretches of road in East Yorkshire with circa 60,000 vehicles per day using the road. It is the responsibility of the Highways Agency to maintain this road and it forms part of their Strategic Road Network. This vital link and its junctions (particularly Mytongate Roundabout) suffer a number of critical problems, namely congestion, conflicts with pedestrian movements and severance between the City Centre and its waterfront. Garrison Road roundabout is also operating close to capacity. This heavily constrains Hull’s ability to function, regenerate and prosper. There have been recent upgrades to the Northern Gateway roundabout; however continued development adjacent to the A63/A1033 has increased pressure on this corridor. Other radial routes suffer local congestion at peak times, but do not have the same strategic significance.

4.2.2 Park and Ride There is one existing Park and Ride site in Hull: a purpose built site at Priory Park (West Hull) with approximately 600 spaces. Priory Park is well used but still only generates a relatively small intercept rate from the high volumes of traffic entering Hull.

4.2.3 Rail (Passenger) The main route into the City Centre runs east-west providing links to Leeds/Manchester, Doncaster/Sheffield and York. There are a number of constraints associated with this line including slow journey times, infrequent services and poor reliability.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 21 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Due to the lack of automated crossings, and therefore shift patterns of signal operating staff, the line is not operational 24 hours day. This results in constraints for passengers wishing to travel in the evening and weakens the benefits of Hull being linked to Manchester Airport. In addition, whilst being the longest straight line track in the country, the speeds achieved are relatively slow due to the out of date track and signals. In terms of frequency of service, there are two trains per hour (tph) to/from Doncaster/Sheffield, only 1tph to/from Leeds/Manchester and approximately one direct train per two hours to/from York. There are currently 8 direct trains per day between Hull and London, 7 of which are operated by First Hull Trains and one by East Coast Main Line. All direct services operate through Selby then join the East Coast Main Line through Doncaster. The route running north-south through Beverley to Bridlington has a better service frequency of up to 4tph in the peak (Hull to Beverley) and a half hourly daytime service, providing a competitive alternative to the private car through relatively fast journey times. The service is in turn popular and well used, and during peak periods is over capacity.

4.2.4 Rail (Freight) The rail freight line loops around the north of the City Centre and then terminates in the port, and is predominately used for transporting coal and biomass. There is capacity on this line for 22 freight trains per day in each direction. The actual level of use does not currently reach 22 and there is capacity to increase the number of freight services using this section of track. The potential for the rail freight network in Hull and capability at the port to accommodate the high cube containers that predominate in the world market represents a key opportunity. Further work is required to determine the accurate costs of upgrading the network to resolve any issues in terms of gauge clearance. Through discussion with HCC transport officers it was confirmed that the requirement to upgrade rail freight services, including full gauge clearance is a long term aspiration which could be delivered with electrification within the Plan Period.

4.2.5 Bus Hull’s bus infrastructure is generally fit for purpose particularly with the bus interchange in operation, which opened in September 2007. The majority of bus services which operate in the City are provided by Stagecoach and East Yorkshire Motor Services buses. There are bus lanes on sections of the key routes into the City Centre and a real time system is being installed (it is already operational on several radial routes). There are very frequent daytime services along radial road corridors to and from the City Centre.

4.2.6 Walking and Cycling Walking is a particularly important mode of transport in Hull due largely to the flat topography, deprivation, low car ownership and the compact nature of the

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 22 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

City. The Local Transport Plan 3 recognised that to increase the proportion of people walking to work a number of physical and attitudinal barriers need to be addressed, including the provision and improvement of appropriate facilities and infrastructure. Hull has one of the highest levels of cycling in the UK. The cycle infrastructure is good and LTP3 notes that the apparent success in holding up usage levels is largely as a result of the ongoing development of a usable cycle network, the pro- active cycle promotion strategy which has been on-going over the last 10 years (some in partnership with the East Riding of Yorkshire Council) together with the extensive cycle training and safety awareness undertaken by the Authority’s Road Safety Team. The lack of suitable, secure cycle parking facilities is perceived as a barrier to cycling in Hull and there are still areas where cycling provision could be improved.

4.2.7 Ports The Port of Hull is based around three dock systems: the Albert/ William Wright, Alexandra and King George/ Queen Elizabeth docks which are owned by the Associated British Ports (ABP). Other important ports in the area include Grimsby/ Immingham and the inland port at . Currently the three docks in Hull cover approximately 3,000 acres of land and handle approximately 10 million tonnes of goods each year. The port contains the facilities and infrastructure to accommodate a range of products including: Containers, handled by Queen Elizabeth Dock and King George Dock  Hull Container Terminal, operated by PD Ports, at Queen Elizabeth Dock handles over 100,000 teu9 each year for Samskip, which provides daily week- day sailings to Rotterdam, and MacAndrews, which provides two sailings a week to the Baltic States.  It provides over 300 m of quay and over 7.5 ha of storage for all types of container, including refrigerated units and hazardous goods.  Containers are also handled in King George Dock by TransAtlantic Line, serving Scandinavia. Dry bulks, handled by Port of Hull  Hull handles aggregates, agribulks, animal feed, cement, chemicals, coal, biomass, cocoa, salt, and grain.  The port has extensive covered and open storage space, with state-of-the-art handling equipment. Paper and forest products, handled by Finland Terminal  Hull is on the softwood timber trade routes from Northern Europe, Russia, the Baltic States, and Scandinavia.  A wide range of paper products and specialist paper-handling vessels can be accommodated at The Finland Terminal, which has more than 70,000 sq m of covered storage.

9 Twenty Foot Equivalent Units standard size for container units

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 23 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 A range of forest products such as chipboard, plywood, fibreboards and veneers are also handled. Fresh produce and perishables, handled by Hull Cold Store  The port is a land-and-sale point for wet fish from local trawlers and from all over the British Isles.  A facility for freezer trawlers to land their catches directly into cold storage from an adjacent quay.  Hull Cold Store has over 24,000 cu m cold storage and is equipped with a 10,000-pallet capacity and can freeze products down to -25º C.  Hull Cold Store also has European Food Safety Inspection Service (EFSIS) cold store quality accreditation and US Department of Agriculture (USDA) approval. General cargo, handled by Port of Hull  Storage facilities for general cargo incorporate over 40 transit sheds covering 230,000 sq m and 65 ha of open storage.  Groupage services and cargo consolidation are available. Liquid bulks, handled by Port of Hull  Liquid bulk handling plays an increasingly important role at the port.  The port handles a wide variety of edible oils, petroleum-based and chemical products.  Facilities are available for bulk liquids to be discharged directly to road tankers or tanker barges.  The port offers excellent access to European or worldwide markets for the export of finished products. RoRo, passengers and cruises, located at Terminal 1 and Terminal 2  P&O Ferries operate Terminals 1 and 2 for their daily Hull-Rotterdam and Hull-Zeebrugge freight, car, and passenger crossings.  The P&O services handle more than one million passengers a year.  A thrice-weekly service between Hull and Helsinki, Hamina and Rauma, is operated by Finnlines.  Hull provides the only passenger service from the Humber Estuary.  An increasingly popular port of call from cruises, with access to the nearby tourist areas of Yorkshire. Hull All Weather Terminal, located at King George Dock  UK's first fully-enclosed cargo-handling facility providing all-weather working for various types of weather-sensitive cargoes including steel and bagged products.  Hull handles steel and metal cargoes at a number of other terminals. Offshore wind, located at Alexandra Dock.  In January 2011, Siemens announced it had chosen the Port of Hull (56ha) as its preferred location to develop its new offshore wind turbine manufacturing and export facility, involving a £200m regeneration of the port's Alexandra

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 24 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Dock. The planning application for this scheme was approved in September 2014.  The 130 acre site has existing planning consent for the development of a 600 m riverside berth.

4.3 Planned Schemes

4.3.1 A63 Castle Street Improvement Scheme A major improvement scheme for the A63 / A1033 Castle Street is currently supported by the Highway Agency (see Reference: T1 in Table 15.1). The scheme includes plans for the grade separation of Mytongate junction (A63/ A1079) for which a preferred design is available. It seeks to improve access to the docks, relieve congestion, improve safety and reduce severance between the City Centre and the Waterfront Area. The Highway Agency have stated that they will fund the A63 Castle Street Improvement scheme subject to the Development Consent Order being approved and the scheme still being ‘Value for Money’. The scheme is forecast to cost approximately £160m. The application for the scheme as a Major Infrastructure Project is expected to be submitted in 2015 and beyond this point it is anticipated that it will take around 12 months before final approval to start the work is granted. Garrison Road roundabout (see Reference: T2 in Table 15.1) is currently operating close to capacity, and that the capacity of this roundabout will also need to be upgraded by the Highways Agency as a complementary scheme to the major scheme paid from a separate Highways Agency funding pot. The Great Union Street Improvement is a scheme to complete the eastern leg of the City Centre Orbital box to help improve vehicular circulation around the City Centre. The scheme has no committed funding and no detailed design has yet been undertaken. In the current funding climate this improvement scheme is unlikely to be progressed in the plan period although all funding opportunities will be investigated. This improvement scheme is not however required to deliver the growth set out in the Local Plan

4.3.2 Eastern Corridor Improvements A recent announcement by Siemens for a large investment in off-shore wind technologies at Alexandra Dock is likely to have a positive impact on the city, but have implications for transport systems (see Reference: T3 in Table 15.1). With regards to the movement of components, it is likely that an off- highway route will be developed via an internal corridor between the proposed Alexandra Dock and Hedon Haven employment site (East Riding of Yorkshire). Nevertheless, the Council identified that improvements will be required at the Northern Gateway roundabout in the city, which may be funded / part funded by HCC, however, this has still to be determined. An assessment of the impact of East Riding Local Plan development has identified the capacity of Avenue, Northern Gateway, Avenue and Somerden Road junctions with

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 25 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

the A1033 as being of concern. There is potential for future developments in Hull and East Riding to provide the required highway upgrades.

4.3.3 Park and Ride Schemes There is a strong aspiration for new park and ride sites to the North and East of the city (see Reference: T5 and T6 in Table 15.1).  Eastern Park and Ride There is a strong aspiration for a new park and ride to the east of the City. A new facility is proposed on Associated British Ports (ABP) land and is included as part of the draft East Riding Local Plan allocation HAV-A to cater for the expansion of the Port of Hull at Hedon Haven and to mitigate the impact of additional traffic generated by the development. The park and ride site is likely to provide around 300 to 400 car parking spaces and is included in Hull City Council’s current LTP3.  Northern Park and Ride The provision of a park and ride site to the North of the City is included in the current LTP3, however the size and location of the site is not specifically mentioned.

4.3.4 Passenger Rail HCC are supportive of electrification of the passenger train line between the East Coast Mainline and Hull (via Selby) (see Reference: T7, in Table 15.1) . A Northern Electrification Task Force has been set up to confirm the future priorities for further electrification in the North of England. Funding of £2.5m has been awarded by Government to allow further design work to be carried out (up to Governance for Railway Investment Project Option Selection stage). An additional £7.5 million has also been allocated towards the overall cost of the scheme from the Local Growth Fund (LGF) to try and accelerate the electrification of this route. Hull Trains are hoping to have electrification of the line complete by 2017/2018. The whole scheme is forecast to cost around £100m and would be funded from Local Growth Fund, Public Works Loan Board and private funding. This would offer journey time savings, allow use of newer rolling stock to be used, create environmental benefits and enhance the number of services along the line, due to the removal of the current requirement for manually operated crossings and signals along the route. The scheme also links well with wider planned North Transpennine electrification between Liverpool and Selby and would allow electrified trains to travel along the network without the need to change between electric and diesel trains. There are aspirations for the frequency of trains to Leeds to be increased to two per hour (currently one per hour) and this is something that the City Council have asked to be included in the 2016 Transpennine franchise. The Local Transport Plan (LTP) 3 and current Local Plan seeks to safeguard two locations for potential rail holts:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 26 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 KC Stadium and Priory Park on the main line into the City from the west.  At Bricknell Avenue Area between Hull and Cottingham on the line from the north. The LTP 3 states that a preliminary feasibility study has concluded that there are no ‘show-stopping’ technical reasons why halts could not be provided it also found no strong business case at this time. The LTP concludes that the business case may be reviewed in the longer term as the economic situation changes. Based on discussion with HCC Officers it was confirmed that there is currently no committed funding for these schemes and they are unlikely to be progressed up to 2030. However, these may be considered in the longer term. It was also noted that these schemes are not required to deliver planned housing and employment growth in the City.

4.3.5 Freight Rail Aspirations also exist for improving rail freight capacity in the city, with enhancements to the network through to the port being identified as a key asset for improvement. It has been identified that gauge enhancement (from W8 to W10 or W12) through to the port is required to increase the capacity of the freight network, and the ability for the rail network to transport larger shipping containers in the future. However this is not an essential requirement in the short term. In order to deliver capacity improvements and electrification through to the Port it would be necessary to replace/repair/strengthen the moving bridge over the River Hull (currently only used by freight). However, this scheme is not currently required in the Plan Period and therefore has not been included in the Infrastructure Delivery Programme in Table 15.1) The current Hull Local Plan safeguards a potential freight rail route from Hedon Haven / Paull to Alexandra Dock. This is now being progressed as a site only highway route as detailed in Section 4.3.2.

4.3.6 Buses HCC officers outlined a key issue for bus operators in the city is the large proportion of concessionary fare passengers and as a result the level of subsidy being provided to bus operators. The recently constructed bus/ rail interchange is also understood to be operating close to capacity during peak hours (in terms of passengers queuing), and thought is being given into how to better manage existing space at the bus station. A number of improvements to bus operation across the city are proposed, including joint ticketing (between operators) and the creation of mini-district interchanges at key centres around the city (see Reference: T8, In Table 15.1).

4.3.7 Cycling/Walking A63 Castle Street foot / cycle bridge Scheme in close proximity to the marina is currently being designed. This bridge will provide pedestrian and cycle access from the City Centre to the waterfront. HCC have secured £4m of Local Growth Funding along with £1.3m of Highway Agency funding (from the A63 highway

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 27 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

scheme) to finance this scheme (see Reference: T10 in Table 15.1). The extra £4m of funding will allow a better quality iconic pedestrian/cycle bridge to be provided rather than a basic pedestrian bridge. It is hoped that this bridge will be delivered as the first stage of the wider A63 Castle Street Improvement. HCC have secured £2 million funding from the Local Sustainable Transport Fund (LSTF) to deliver a range of sustainable travel initiatives (see Reference: T9, in Table 15.1). Key components of the project include the provision of two off-road shared pedestrian and cyclist routes:  The first route is alongside Holderness Drain from Hedon Road to Saltshouse Road with a link to Wilberforce 6th form college. This strand of the project is scheduled for completion by March 2015.  The second route is alongside Ings Road / Sutton Road linking Holderness Road with the Foredyke Stream shared pedestrian / cycle route. The initial phase of this route from Holderness Road to James Reckitt Avenue with a spur to Malet Lambert Secondary School was completed in 2013 The remainder of this route is due to be completed by March 2015. Other initiatives of the Fund relate to the introduction of additional real time bus information units / bus shelters, partnership with British Cycling, publicity maps highlighting sustainable travel. Sustainable Travel and Cycle Maps have also been produced by the HCC, to encourage cycling and walking in the City. The Area Committees in HCC are also promoting additional cycling schemes and are currently considering funding options for these schemes including the use of CIL. 4.3.8 Low Energy Vehicle Infrastructure Over the coming decade there will be a growing need to provide electric charging vehicle infrastructure in public places (on street/ car parks) as well as at commercial and industrial premises and residential dwellings. The full impact of a well-developed and extensive network on the existing electricity infrastructure has yet to be fully assessed. Alongside this is the role that the vehicles themselves can play as places for energy storage; releasing energy back into the local grid at key times and taking energy from the grid during periods of low demand or high renewable energy generation. The existing electric vehicle infrastructure in the City has less than ten available points in public spaces. The development of hydrogen as a fuel source in vehicles is still at an early stage and a national network of charging stations as well as affordable vehicles are a number of years off. Despite this, the Local Plan is likely to see the development of such a network grow and therefore the space required for this infrastructure will need to be considered as both of these emerging energy markets grow.

4.3.9 East Riding of Yorkshire Schemes The following schemes have recently been completed or are committed:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 28 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 A164 to Beverley Route Improvement Scheme (£10m). This scheme has recently been completed and is therefore not included within the Infrastructure Delivery Schedule.  Beverley Integrated Transport Scheme (£22m) including bypass and Park and Ride to the south of Beverley.  Park and Ride, North - There is an aspiration between Hull and East Riding to create a new park and ride facility to the north of the City on land in between the A1079 and A1033 at Dunswell Roundabout (see Reference: T6 in Table 15.1). Currently scheduled to be progressed after the delivery of the Eastern Park and Ride site.  East Hull Park and Ride (referenced as part of section 4.3.3.).

4.4 Impact of Proposed Development

4.4.1 Impact of Proposed Development The A63 Castle Street Improvement scheme should provide the necessary capacity to assist development of the employment sites in the Eastern Corridor and Port. The A63 Castle Street pedestrian and cycle bridge Scheme will help to solve pedestrian connectivity issues from the City Centre to the water front. The existing capacity and range of other identified schemes will provide the necessary capacity for the new developments within the urban core of Hull. HCC have been working with developers at Kingswood to agree on the required transport mitigation and improvements. This includes creation of an east west link road, which is being jointly funded between the City Council and the developer (see Reference: T4 in Table 15.1). The scheme is anticipated to be completed by Spring 2015. It is likely however that a number of nearby roundabouts will need upgrading to provide the necessary highway capacity to help complete the Kingswood development. The nature of the costs of the proposed mitigation works have yet to be confirmed. The delivery of improved passenger railway services towards Leeds, plus the completion of a wider Trans-Pennine Network Improvements is a key priority for HCC. These improvements would support future growth in Hull by improving connectivity with other markets making it more attractive for visitors and labour to access Hull by train. Based on the current transport infrastructure and committed and emerging schemes, there are no strategic transport issues restricting development of residential and employment anywhere else in Hull.

4.4.2 Future Adaptation of Transport infrastructure The National Adaptation Programme (2013) encourages knowledge sharing of best practice climate change resilience for local highways and emphasises the importance of increasing capacity within local highways teams to prepare for climate change. When considering the impact of climate change on transport infrastructure, the following actions within the National Adaptation Programme should be considered:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 29 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Department for Transport to ensure Climate Resilience is embedded in its Transport and Road Strategies;  Network Rail to continue implementing a significant programme of climate resilience research and activity; and,  Organisations that produced adaptation reports under the Adaptation Reporting Power to implement actions set out in their reports. HCC are currently developing a Climate Change Risk Assessment for Highways in Hull and this will identify future actions. The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Research Paper (no 136) The Smart City Market: Opportunities for the UK, looks at the Intelligent Transport Systems and Smart Infrastructure as a method for increasing the climate resilience of transport infrastructure. Smart Transport solutions and networks are seen as a means of enabling authorities to reduce congestion, by integrating information from different modes of transport. Whilst there are fundamental gaps in the provision of Smart Cities infrastructure, for example gaps in information to manage traffic flow and availability of funding, there are strong opportunities available in existing infrastructure and the experience of design services available.

4.5 Summary of Transport Infrastructure A meeting has been held with the HCC Transport team. Hull has been successful in securing a range of external funding streams and if these are delivered successfully, they will allow proposed housing and employment land to be delivered. A summary of the schemes required to deliver the planned housing and employment growth in Hull are provided in the Infrastructure Delivery Programme. There are no critical gaps in funding of transport infrastructure. Table 4.1 Summary of Transport Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for full details).

Strategic / Place Lead delivery Delivery Shaping or agency/ Delivery Ref Scheme Cost phasing Enabling management mechanism (When) Infrastructure organisation

Transport

Highways

Highway Agency A63 Castle Street Highway Short term (Central Up to T1 Improvement Strategic Agency (1 – 5 Government £190m Scheme HCC years) Funding)

Garrison Road Short term Highway Agency T2 Upgrades (linked Strategic HCC £unknown (1 – 5 Local Funding to A63 scheme). years)

Private Short term Eastern Corridor T3 Enabling developer. Private developer £unknown (1 – 5 Internal Road HCC years)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 30 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Place Lead delivery Delivery Shaping or agency/ Delivery Ref Scheme Cost phasing Enabling management mechanism (When) Infrastructure organisation

Roundabout improvements by HCC.

Provision of Highway Short to Improvements at medium Kingswood Kingswood Kingswood term ( 1 – (Identified Development Development T4 Enabling £unknown 10 years) following an Company, Company, Depending assessment of the HCC HCC on build out impact of rate. proposed development)

Park and Ride Provision

HCC Private developer New Park and Short term T5 Enabling Private Future LEP £unknown Ride (East). (1- 5 years) developer funding

New Park and HCC capital Short term T6 Enabling HCC £unknown Ride (North). funding (1- 5 years)

Rail Provision

Funding of £2.5m has been awarded by Government to allow further design work to be carried out (up to GRIP 3 stage) an additional £7.5 million has also been allocated towards the HCC/LEP Rail overall cost of the Electrification – Hull Trains scheme from Short term T7 Strategic £100m Hull to East Coast Network Rail Local Growth (1- 5 years) Mainline Fund (LGF) to try

and accelerate the electrification of this route. The whole scheme is forecast to cost around £100m and would be funded from LGF, Public Works Loan Board and private funding.

Bus Provision

Local Transport Bus Network Plan (LTP) or Short term T8 Enabling HCC £unknown Improvements other funding (1- 5 years) opportunities.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 31 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Place Lead delivery Delivery Shaping or agency/ Delivery Ref Scheme Cost phasing Enabling management mechanism (When) Infrastructure organisation

Cycle / Pedestrian Provision

£2 million funding has been provided from the Local Provision of Sustainable Short term improved cycling T9 Enabling HCC Transport Fund £2m (1 – 5 and pedestrian (LSTF) to deliver years) routes. a range of sustainable travel initiatives.

A63 Improved Pedestrian/ Cycle Bridge, linked to HCC Short term enhancement of T10 Enabling Highway LGF £5.3m (1 – 5 the A63 Castle Agency years) Street Improvement Scheme (T1)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 32 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Utilities

5.1 Data Sources This section covers the primary utility networks linked electricity supply, gas supply, water supply treatment. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter: Electricity  Northern Powergrid, Long Term Development Statement (LTDS) November 2013.  Northern Powergrid-Long Term Development Statement (LTDS) May 2014.  Discussion with Michael Walbank, System Planning Manager, Castleford.  Hull City Centre Utilities Study for Hull Forward, 2009. Arup. Gas  Northern Gas Networks, Long Term Development Statement (LTDS) 2013.  Northern Gas Networks, Business Reports 2012.  Northern Gas Networks, Stakeholder Report 2013.  Contact , Diane Watson, Network Support Officer.  Hull City Centre Utilities Study for Hull Forward, 2009. Arup. Water Supply and Treatment  Discussion with Yorkshire Water.

5.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose

5.2.1 Electricity The main electrical infrastructure in Hull is operated by Northern Powergrid, as a regional Distribution Network Operator (DNO) are required to produce a Long Term Development Statement (LTDS) giving detail of the current and proposed status of their network. This includes load forecasts for the next 5 years on their 132 kV and 66/33 kV equipment. Northern Powergrid, like all regional Distribution Network Operators (DNOs) operate on a first come, first serve basis for electricity. This means that a development site, including outside the Hull boundary, may absorb existing capacity in an electricity substation, requiring the next development to contribute towards an upgrade. This is explained further in section 5.4.2. Discussions have been held with Micheal Walbank, System Planning Manager, for further information as to status of the network in Hull. The electrical supply system in Hull originates at the grid supply point in Creyke Beck where Northern Powergrid’s’s system meets with National Grid’s national transmission system. The supply point feeds out to a small number of 132 kV

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 33 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

supply points (illustrated below) which in turn feed primary substations around Hull. Primary (33 kV to 11 kV) substations generally feed out to secondary (11 kV to LV) substations which connect to local homes and commercial premises. However it is the primary substations that pose the biggest obstacles to development, as the triggering of works to upgrade or provide new primary substations can result in costs in the £Ms being passed on from Northern Powergrid to the developer. The existing nineteen primary sub stations are shown on Figure 5.1 below, and include:  Wawne Road.  Clarendon Street.  Endyke.  Alfred Gelder.  First Avenue.  Plangeo.  Tiverton.  Hessle Road.  Salthouse Road.  Hedon Road (in East Riding).  Holderness.  Hull East.  Westcott Street.  Algar.  .  West Dock Street.  County Road.  Cornwall Street.  National Avenue.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 34 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 5.1:Existing Primary Substations in Hull

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 35 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The primary substations feed a network of distribution substations throughout Hull. These distribution substations have varying capacities depending upon the extent and demands of the premises they supply. There is some competition in the provision of new connections and associated infrastructure which enables Independent Distribution Network Operators (IDNO) to design, install, own and operate independent systems. This approach can often significantly reduce capital costs for connections.

5.2.2 Gas The local gas distribution network in the Hull area is owned by Northern Gas Networks (NGN) and supplied by National Grid. Hull is well positioned on the East Coast adjacent to major gas import installations. The distribution map of the Northern Gas Network is shown on Figure 5.2. The gas industry is regulated by Ofgem. Figure 5.2: Distribution Map of Northern Gas Networks

Source: Northern Gas Networks NGN receives gas at high pressure from National Grid’s main transmission lines. The gas enters the local network at high pressure and through a series pressure reduces, governors and gasometers and increased main sizes, the pressure is adjusted for distribution to premises.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 36 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 5.3: Beach to Meter schematic

Source: Northern Gas Networks A major gasometer at St Marks regulates supply on the East Bank of River Hull and a series of gasometers at Bankside on the west side of the river regulates supply on the west. Other companies in the gas industry are responsible for gas production, gas transmission, metering and billing.

5.2.3 Water Supply The regulated water company in the area is Yorkshire Water (YW). Their regulator is Ofwat. YW is responsible for the full range of the water business from production, treatment, distribution, metering and billing. Hull receives water from more than one source. Water from boreholes on the Hull Aquifer at Springhead, Cottingham, Dunswell and Keldgate are treated at Keldgate Water Treatment Works northwest of Hull. An intake on the River Hull at Top Hill Low with an adjacent Water Treatment Works supplies treated water to East Hull and Holderness. Loftsome Bridge Water Treatment Works on the River Derwent also supplies treated water into Hull. Yorkshire Water has a supply grid enabling water to be transferred between areas served from different sources that ensure an even and reliable distribution of water.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 37 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 5.4: Yorkshire Water’s Supply Grid

Source: Yorkshire Water – www.yorkshirewater.com

5.2.4 Waste Water Treatment Kingston upon Hull is currently served by the Hull Wastewater Treatment Works (WwTW) at Saltend. Yorkshire Water have confirmed that there are no existing capacity issues in relation to waste water treatment in Hull. There is an on-going issue related to odour issue at the Hull WwTW. There is an on-going programme of improvements to odour management measures. Yorkshire Water also operate two dedicated WwTW pumping stations in Hull, West Hull WwTW Pumping station and Salt End WwTW pumping station: Yorkshire Water operated two pumps to manage waste water. These pumping stations are working well and no upgrades are required. A large diameter sewer transfers sewage from the pumping stations to the WwTW. Yorkshire Water is currently constructing a surface water pumping station at to mitigate the risk of flooding due to fluvial events.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 38 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

5.3 Planned Schemes

5.3.1 Electricity Northern Powergrid has a variety of work planned for Hull which comprise cable replacement work and planned connections for renewable energy. The following proposed works have been identified in the May 2012 Long Term Development Statement: Creyke Beck GSP, Cornwall Street SP – Cleveland Street switched firm generation connection. Outline of planned work due for completion Q4 2017. This project is to connect 25MW of new generation at Cornwall Street, Hull. The connection will be made via two underground cables connected into the 132kV circuits from Creyke Beck to Cornwall Street T1 and T2 to a metering circuit breaker situated in Cornwall Street. Saltend North GSP – Reality generation connection, Salt End Lane. Outline of planned work. This project is to connect 50MW of new generation at a site at Salt End Lane, Hull. The connection will be made via an underground cable to be installed from a new 132kV circuit breaker at Saltend North GSP to a new 132kV metering circuit breaker at Salt End Lane. Creyke Beck to Hull South No 1 & 2. Cables replacement. Install 630mm2 CU cables, continuous rating of 730A. These works are due for completion in Q3 2014. The Long Term Development Statement, Appendix 8 contains details of enquiries for new or modified demand and generation connections received between 1 October 2013 and 31 March 2014. No major demand connections enquiries were made during that period. There were many enquiries for generation connections. Further to the above three schemes, we have recently been advised of planning applications for works at Siemens and for proposed works by Northern Power or Kingeo. Following communication with Siemens and Northern Power, it is understood that Northern Power will undertake upgrade works at King George Substation and Kingeo. These upgrades will leave Kingeo with 30MVA capacity which will be used to support the Siemens development, and other sites within the Eastern Corridor and Eastern Docks area.

5.3.2 Gas Northern Gas Networks has carried out a major refurbishment programme in Hull primarily to replace ductile iron mains with Medium-density polyethylene (MDPE) to remove the risk of corroded pipes leaking gas into properties. This work is continuing in the vicinity of Hull with the replacement of metal mains in Driffield. Northern Gas Networks through its contractors and direct labour carry out the day to day maintenance of the system and are responsible for the engineering behind any necessary divisions or reinforcements.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 39 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

5.3.3 Water Supply and Treatment Yorkshire Water have no major scheme improvements planned in the Hull area in the next AMP period (AMP 6), which runs from 2016 to 2020. Yorkshire Water will maintain their existing facilities.

5.3.4 Renewable Energy HCC are seeking to promote a lower carbon economy through their emerging Local Plan. This section therefore summarises the potential for additional or new provision of various renewable energy from a variety of sources. In addition, HCC will also investigate on-going opportunities to support the low- carbon economy and favourably consider the delivery of renewable energy, with consideration of technical and environmental constraints (see also, Reference: U5 in table 15.1)

Renewable Heat The following section covers District Heating, Ground Source Heat Pumps and Extraction of Heat from the River Hull. District Heating: HCC have commissioned Ramboll to carry out a feasibility study into the potential for heat networks in the City of Hull, to create City Wide District Heating (see also, Reference: U4 in Table 15.1). This study is also investigating over sizing CHP to pipe excess heat. This work is seeking to identify heat sources, such as:  Real Venture Biomass Plant.  Jackson’s Bakery.  Hospitals. The work is considering heat sources, proposed housing site and locations for energy centres (industrial areas/ city centre etc). There is currently no existing district heating networks in Hull. However due to Hull’s compact nature this energy source has potential. The report will also consider options for operating the heat networks to make them a viable prospect for developers to connect to them. This report should be complete by the end of 2014. Ground Source Heat Pumps: As part of a programme of school improvements HCC have developed a wind turbine and a ground source heat pump at Greenway School and a ground source heat pump at Mayberry School. Extraction of Heat from the River Hull: HCC are investigating the potential of water heat extraction and will include an assessment of the potential as part of the city wide district heating feasibility study that will be completed this year.

Wind There are a number of operational wind turbines in the industrial parts of the Hull. However due to Hull’s constrained boundary there are limited opportunities for

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 40 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

wind development on-shore. Although the Council is investigating the development of wind turbines at two of the sites it owns in the City.

Solar HCC have developing photovoltaic (PV) on Council owned buildings including Western Library, Prime Street Car Park and 130 social houses. HCC plan to continue to investigate opportunities to develop PV, and also consider how they could be used as a mechanism to heat water. Following the findings from the District Heating report HCC will then investigate the potential use of PV on the parts of the City where there is limited opportunities for District Heating.

Biomass As part of a programme of school improvements HCC have included biomass boilers in all new schools. Real venture has planning consent for a 50MW biomass plant and Spencers have obtained planning consent for the former ADM Cocoa site, for a gasification plan for management of food waste.

5.4 Impact of Proposed Development

5.4.1 Development Assumptions Development quanta has been obtained from various sources which have estimated how development will occur in various locations over time. As some of this data was first complied in 2011, and therefore the accuracy of these figures has been overtaken as development takes place without it being recorded. Similarly some development is being built to replace demolished properties. There will most likely be a net increase in demand but its extent at this stage is difficult to estimate. The following residential and employment quanta has been used to determine gas and electricity demands: Table 5.1: Residential Assumptions

Residential Quanta Area Total Dwellings 2011 to 2030 (760 per annum) Kingswood in the north of the city 3250 Newington and St Andrews Area Action Plan 1490 (NaSA) Holderness Road Corridor Area Action Plan 2217 (HRC) City Centre 3056 Eastern Hull 2353 Western Hull 2033 Total 14,400

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 41 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 5.2: Employment Assumptions

40% Plot Hull Development Development Commercial/Business Quanta Assumption on Ratio10 Type of Location of opportunity Site Area (ha) employment m2 Western Corridor 22.38 Mix of B2 /B8 89,520 Eastern Corridor 27.22 Mix of B2 /B8 108,880 Port 46.14 Mix of B2 /B8 184,560 Siemens (Green Port Hull at 56 Mix of B2 /B8 Alexandra Dock) 224,000 Heartlands 28.93 B2 115,720 Sutton Fields 2.21 B2 8,840 National Avenue 0.73 B2 2,920 Kingswood 13.66 B2 54,640 City Centre 7.81 B1a (offices) 31,240 TOTAL 205.08ha 820,320

Employment development quanta has been produced on the basis of the areas of the available plots being accumulated into a single area of commercial/business development. This figure then needs to be factored to determine floor area of development out of total area. A factor of 40% has been applied on the basis of our experiences with previous development studies and plot ratio assumptions within the Hull Employment Land Review. The residential loads per unit take into account the varying sizes and types of residential units. Table 5.3: Residential assumed Electricity and Gas Loads

Residential Quanta Gas Electricity Total Dwellings 2011 to 2030 Load in kW Load in kW Area (760 per based on based on annum) 5kW/unit 2kW/unit Kingswood in the north of the city 3250 16250 6500 Newington and St Andrews Area 1490 Action Plan (NaSA) 7450 2980 Holderness Road Corridor Area 2217 Action Plan (HRC) 11085 4434 City Centre 3056 15280 6112

Eastern Hull 2353 11765 4706 Western Hull 2033 10165 4066

Total 14,400 72000 28800

10 Based on 40% plot ratio assumptions from Hull Employment Land Report (2014)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 42 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Total 72MW 29MW

The development loads per m2 take into account the varying sizes and types of development. Table 5.4: Employment assumed Electricity and Gas Loads

Gas Electricity Hull Development 40% Gas heat Commercial/Busine Developmen demand in Electricity ss Quanta t kW demand kW Site Location of Area opportunity (ha) Type m2 80W/m2 120W/m2 Mix of Western Corridor 22.38 B2 /B8 80,520 7,161,600 10,742,400 Mix of Eastern Corridor 27.22 B2 /B8 108,880 8,710,400 13,065,600 Mix of Port 46.14 B2 /B8 184,560 14,764,800 22,147,200 Siemens (Green Port Mix of Hull at Alexandra 56 B2 /B8 Dock) 224,000 17,920,000 26,880,000 Heartlands 28.93 B2 115,720 9,257,600 13,886,400 Sutton Fields 2.21 B2 8,840 707,200 1,060,800 National Avenue 0.73 B2 2920 233,600 350,400 Kingswood 13.66 B2 54,640 4,371,200 6,556,800 B1a City Centre 7.81 (offices ) 31,240 2,499,200 3,748,800 TOTAL 205.08 820,320 65,625,600 98,438,400

GRAND TOTAL round up to round up to 66MW. 99MW.

5.4.2 Electricity Demand assessment methodology Figures of annual electricity consumption for buildings are widely published; however the specific maximum instantaneous electrical demand for buildings is less well understood. Whereas consumption increases fairly linearly with development floor area, maximum demand per unit area is smaller for larger developments, as the proportion of equipment that can reasonably be expected to be operating simultaneously is less. Although published guidance is available for design of individual buildings this is less suited to larger developments where it can result in significant over estimation. It is generally recognised throughout the industry that demand is overestimated. Arup is working on Maximum Demand Methodologies and this work has confirmed excessive overestimates of electricity demand. Over estimation of

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 43 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

demand results in investment in over-sized electrical infrastructure, increased running costs and longer completion times. Over estimation also effects the evaluation of spare capacity at substations. There is no industry standard approach for estimating demand. The key issue here is very often the “diversity factor”. This, in its simplest form is the proportion of electricity actually being used on a number of devices by a select population, instead of the theoretical maximum used by all devices and the whole population. The demand profiles for residential developments are well known since people generally follow routines and patterns. Demand profiles for the planning classifications for industry, commercial, retail and entertainment are less well understood and without specific purposes and uses the maximum demand is more difficult to estimate correctly. Electricity distribution companies use differing methods depending upon the extent of the development. The size of the development dictates the “diversity factor” and if the development is mixed then the coincidence of commercial/retail/industry loads with residential loads can be applied further reducing the theoretical maximum demand. The methodology for assessing electricity demand can therefore be summarised as follows:  Residential: The diversity factor and maximum demand was discussed with Northern Powergrid with a view to agreeing the load per residential unit and the load per area (m2). An overall demand of 2kW/residential unit was finally agreed.  Employment: The load per m2 of commercial/industry/retail was harder to agree because of the wide range of uses within the planning categories and the lack of detail within the development quanta. Northern Powergrid provided indicative loads from their records against types of business though without specific details (when, where, what etc). These figures ranged from 23kWh/m2 for light manufacturing to 450kWh/m2 for high end supermarkets. Following discussions with Northern Powergrid the figure of 120W/m2 was finally agreed as an appropriate figure to apply to all the areas of development. Where feasible, combining residential and employment electricity demand should be carried out in conjunction with seasonal and daily maximum demand profiling, so that a realistic diversified demand is assessed rather than a total maximum demand. Such an exercise should be undertaken with confirmed information about the type of residences and types of employment coming forward, as both types have different profiles. This would determine the most realistic maximum diversified demand for the combined developments and this would be much lower than the sum of the individual maximum diversified demands. Combining these demands on a site level can only be done if the demands are aggregated, for example, when a single connection is ordered for a large site containing residential and employment instead of a connection for the residential and a separate connection for the employment. It is worth noting that the manner of how connections are procured for large multi-use, multi-phased developments can affect the size and cost of the connections and the programme for their installation.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 44 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Impact of Planned Development Discussions and correspondence with Northern Powergrid have identified the spread of substations throughout Hull and what spare capacity there is at each substation. Specific discussions were also carried out in September 2014 with NPG planners. The development quanta displays residential and commercial/business broken down by specific areas. Some of these areas are close enough to other areas for the combined area to be considered, rather than the two individual areas. NPG planners have confirmed that this proximity would enable the demands to be shared by adjacent substations. This is efficient in the short-term but can lead to under-capacity if the situation is not strategically managed. The demand for electricity and gas is measure in Watts. Watts are converted into Volt Amps via the power correction factor, which is taken as 0.9 in this study. Thus 1Kw of electricity is provided by 1/0.9 Volt Amps or 1.1kVolt Amps. This power correction factor has therefore been included within the capacity formulas within tables 5.6 to 5.14. It is very difficult to assess the likely impact of large scale retail development without having specific information. This has therefore not be assessed in detail but included within the 120W/m2 general demand figure for employment agreed with NPG, the Quays West development or the development of large scale conference facilities in the City Centre will generate electricity requirements. These developments would impact on the electricity capacity issues in the City Centre Combining adjacent areas, the following whole areas are considered with their appropriate electricity demand. Table 5.5: Summary of Electricity Demand Loads per Growth Area

Electricity Demand in Combined Electricity Demands by Area MW Eastern Corridor and Ports 35 Siemens 27 City Centre 10 Western Corridor 11 Newington and St Andrews 3 Western Hull 4 Heartlands, Sutton Fields and National Avenue 15.5 Kingswood 13 Eastern Hull 5 Holderness Road Corridor 4.5 Total 128

We have been advised by NPG that they will be soon upgrading King George substation (Kingeo) by replacing existing equipment which will give the substation a capacity of 30MVA. This will become available to supply the whole

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 45 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

area and also specifically the Siemens development within the docks. The connection is coming in at 33kv level and with the capacity of 30MVA Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, the Eastern Corridor, Ports and Siemens require a total capacity of circa 62MW for the activities proposed for this area. Whilst the below spare capacity information has come from NPG it does include a note that not all spare capacity can actually be used because of the nature of switch gear within the substations. The available capacity from those substations local to this area are as follows: Table 5.6: Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in the Eastern Corridor

Substation Spare Capacity Hedon Road 10MVA Hull East 6MVA Kingeo 30MVA when constructed Westcott St 3MVA Cornwall St 19MVA Alfred Gelder 8MVA Total 76MVA Required 62MW or 68MVA Excess 8MVA

There is an excess of 76-62 * (1.1) = 8MVA within the area. Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, the City Centre contains both residential and commercial/business demands and in total requires a capacity of 10MW. Available capacity from those substations local to this area are as follows: Table 5.7: Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in the City Centre

Substation Spare Capacity Alfred Gelder 8MVA Clarendon Street 5MVA Total 13MVA Required 10MW or 11MVA Shortage 6MVA

There is an excess of 13-10*1.1 = 2MVA within the area. It should be noted that Alfred Gelder is included within both the Ports area and the City Centre, and thus has very limited capacity beyond these areas. Clarendon is fully committed as can be seen from the above and below. This places the City Centre as being short of capacity to support additional development requiring more than the present estimated 10MW. Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, the Western Corridor is mostly commercial/business development and requires 11MW of

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 46 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

electricity. Available capacity from those substation local to this area are as follows: Table 5.8: Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in the Western Corridor

Substation Spare Capacity West Docks 6MVA Hessle Road 6MVA Clarendon Street Committed above so ZERO Total 12MVA Required 11MW or 12MVA Shortage/ Excess 0

There is a balance between demand and capacity within the Western Corridor. Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, Newington and St Andrews is a residential area and requires 3MW of electricity. Available capacity from those substations local to this area are as follows: Table 5.9 Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in Newington and St Andrews

Substation Spare Capacity Plangeo 7MVA Elgar 3 MVA Total 10MVA Required 3MW or 3.3MVA Excess 6.7MV

There is an excess of electricity within this area of 10- 3*1.1 = 6.7MVA. Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, Western Hull is predominantly residential and requires 4MW of electricity. The available capacity from those substations local to this area are as follows: Table 5.10 Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in Western Hull

Substation Spare Capacity National Avenue 16 MVA County Road 5 MVA Total 21 MVA Required 4 MW or 4.4MVA Excess 16.6MVA

There is an excess of electricity within this area of 21- 4.1 * 1.1 = 16.6MVA Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, Heartlands, Sutton Fields and National Avenue is predominantly commercial/business and

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 47 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

requires a capacity of 15.5MW. The available capacity from those substation local to this area are as follows: Table 5.11 Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in Heartlands, Sutton Fields and National Avenue

Substation Spare Capacity Sculcoates 9MVA Total 9MVA Required 15.5MWor 17.05 MVA Shortage 8.05MVA

There is a shortage of electricity of 15.5 * 1.1 – 9 = 8.05MVA. It should be noted that there is spare capacity at National Avenue which is close enough to be connected to the area and large enough to satisfy the demand. Based on the development quantum set out in table 5.1 and 5.2, Kingswood is a predominantly residential development with some commercial/business development and requires 13MW. The available capacity from those substations local to this area are as follows: Table 5.12 Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in Kingswood

Substation Spare Capacity Endyke Lane 9MVA First Avenue 7MVA Total 16MVA Required 13MW or 14.3 MVA Excess 1.7 MVA

There is an excess of electricity of 16- 13*1.1 = 3.5MVA. Eastern Hull is predominantly residential and requires a capacity of 5MW. The available capacity from those substations local to this area are as follows: Table 5.13 Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in Eastern Hull

Substation Spare Capacity Tiverton 8MVA Saltshouse Rd 10MVA Total 18MVA Required 4.5MW or 5.5MVA Excess 12.5 MVA

There is an excess of electricity of 18 - 5*1.1 = 12.5MVA. Holderness Road Corridor is predominantly residential and requires a capacity of 4.5MW. The available capacity from substations local to this area are as follows:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 48 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 5.14 Summary of available capacity for sub-stations in Holderness Road Corridor

Substation Spare Capacity Holderness Road 7MVA Total 7MVA Required 4.5MW or 5MVA Excess 2MVA

There is an excess of electricity of 7 – 4.5*1.1 = 2MVA. The East Riding of Yorkshire Council are progressing their Local Plan, and at time of writing (November 2014), the Local Plan was at Examination in Public. This includes a number of development sites that are immediately adjacent the boundary of Hull. This means that some of the planned development in East Riding of Yorkshire and Hull City Council are served by the same electricity sub stations. Through dialogue with East Riding the following sub stations have been identified as serving both Hull and East Riding development site: Hedon Road and Hull East Substations: will serve development in the employment focused Hull Eastern Corridor and the East Riding of Yorkshire Hedon Haven site allocation. East Riding of Yorkshire have identified that the Hedon Haven scheme requires a new primary sub-station and new transformer at Salt End. This provides capacity for the Hedon Haven development (East Riding of Yorkshire). At present there is accumulative spare capacity at the substations for the Hull Eastern Corridor though the availability of this to specific developments requires specific connection information to be submitted to NPG for their consideration. Elgar substation: There is sufficient spare capacity (with Plangeo as support) to support development in both the employment focused western corridor and residential and employment allocations in the East Riding of Yorkshire Local Plan, focused in Hessle. Endyke substation: will serve both development in Hull and residential site allocations in the East Riding of Yorkshire Local Plan, focused in Cottingham though the amount spare capacity if all allocations within Newington and St Andrews are fully developed would be limited. Wawne Road substation: will serve both Kingswood development in Hull and a small residential site allocations in the East Riding of Yorkshire Local Plan, in Wawne. This substation has sufficient capacity to support the proposed development within Hull and within East Riding. Salthouse Road substation: will serve development in Hull. There are no proposed development allocations near this sub station in the East Riding of Yorkshire Local Plan. Holderness sub station: will serve development in Hull. There are no proposed development allocations near this sub station in the East Riding of Yorkshire Local Plan. Electricity provision in the UK is provided on a first come, first serve basis. This means that in some cases development in East Riding of Yorkshire will impact on

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 49 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

the capacity of sub stations serving development in Hull and vice versa. The primary assessment carried out by Arup is based on the electricity capacity in November 2014 and has considered the requirements based on Hull development only. This is the approach that has been taken by East Riding of Yorkshire Council on the development of their infrastructure study. Notwithstanding this position, Arup has commented where information allows, upon substations which are placed to enable them to serve both Hull and East Riding. Summary The above figures confirm the previous studies into the electricity distribution network within Hull that there is a shortage of electricity within the City Centre to support major development.. This shortage is exacerbated by the condition of some old apparatus within the city centre and thus the management of the network and the movement of electricity between substations is challenging. It is understood that upgrading of Kingeo substation will bring in additional electricity to support development proposals in the docks area including Siemens. It is considered that a new primary substation is required within the City Centre- Eastern Corridor-Ports area to support the proposed development in these areas and to assist in the more efficient management of electricity within these areas. It is also considered that whereas the gas connection costs are consistent with those costs expected in other development areas throughout the North, the cost of connecting electricity will be higher because of the requirement for an additional substation and also the possibility of cabling long lengths to the development areas. Northern Powergrid have the facility on their website to provide cost estimates for connections to their network. They provide a standard connection cost for a group of 6no houses of £8,800 or £1,466/property. They also provide a calculator for larger developments which gives for 500 properties, 500m connection to the network and crossing 9no minor roads a cost of £693,000 or £1,386. The standard connection charge of circa £1,400 per property is consistent with all the areas except the City Centre where there is a potential shortage of electricity to support major development. It is considered that the cost of providing this capacity through an additional primary substation or major modifications to an existing substation would be circa £7m plus VAT (see Reference: U1, in Table 15.1) There is additional cabling within the area to collect capacity and take it into those areas that require it. It is considered that the additional cost for this work is circa £3m plus VAT and this cost would be distributed between all the developments connecting to existing substations.

5.4.3 Gas Demand assessment methodology Similar to electricity, gas consumption figures for buildings are widely published; however the specific maximum instantaneous gas demand for buildings is less well understood. On the basis that much of the gas demand is there for heating and that heating is much less diverse than bathing or showering, the diversified maximum demand for gas tends to be relatively higher than electricity for

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 50 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

residential properties. This is repeated for standard commercial/light industry uses too since gas tends to be used for heating. The effects of bathing and showering on the demand figure for commercial/industry is less than for residential and thus a lower diverse demand can be considered. General commercial/light industry uses have been considered; none which use gas as part of their industrial processes have been considered. The diversity factors and maximum demand figures were discussed with Northern Gas Networks and a maximum demand of 5kW per residential property was agreed. Commercial/industry/retail uses were discussed and again an overall figure of 80W/m2 was agreed as an across the board figure. Impact of Planned Development Northern Gas Networks confirmed that the gas distribution network in Hull is very integrated and hence robust and resilient. Some local reinforcements may be required depending upon the local demand exceeding local capacity of the local distribution mains but the overall the flexibility and capacity of the gas network within the Hull area is more than sufficient to meet the demands of the foreseeable future. On this basis no further analysis of gas connection costs has been carried out since details of local reinforcements are not yet obtainable for the development areas. Notwithstanding the lack of specific details of the developments and the local gas network, costs for typical connections have been obtained from gas distribution companies (see Reference: U2, in Table 15.1). All the below are for a standard connection from existing mains into the property. The cost does not include for the installation of mains. Table 5.15 Summary of Standard Connection Charge Company Standard Connection Charge Comments Northern Gas Networks £543 20m of service pipe Southern Gas Networks £750 Outside M25 and 40m of service pipe Southern Gas Networks £862 Inside M25 and 40m of service pipe National Grid £553 As per website calculations.

On the basis that all connections are less than 20m to individual properties and the individual developments are not less than 30 properties per site then it is estimated that the total connection costs will be consistent with typical developments across the country and be circa £1,000 plus VAT per property. On top of these costs which cover new mains and services there are the additional costs for the local reinforcement of the network which are estimated to be circa £1.5m plus VAT. This figure is revised down from previous figure since the connection and mains cost has been refined and this figure just covers the reinforcement element of any installed apparatus. The connection costs for the commercial/business developments have not been determined because of the variability of the information. The reinforcement of the network due to the proposed commercial/business development is included within the £1.5m plus VAT.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 51 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

5.4.4 Water Supply Dialogue with Yorkshire Water has confirmed that there are no strategic water supply issues in Hull.

5.4.5 Water Treatment Dialogue with Yorkshire Water has confirmed that there are no strategic waste water treatment capacity issues related to the delivery of 14,400 new homes up to 2030 and 206ha of employment land. However, developers will be required to pay an infrastructure contribution towards Yorkshire Water (see Reference U3, in Table 15.1). All the waste water in Hull is treated at the Hull WwTW. Yorkshire Water has factored the net additional dwellings planned for Kingswood into their population forecasts and have agreed to take waste water and surface water from this strategic development site. The Bransholme Surface Water Pumping Station is currently being upgraded to provide the capacity for surface water from Kingswood to be pumped in to the lagoon or River Hull.

5.4.6 Future Adaptation of Utilities Infrastructure Energy The National Adaptation Programme (2013) recognises that energy operators are already addressing other major risks such as heat related damage or disruption, losses to energy transmission efficiency capacity and possible restrictions in water abstraction for energy generation. In addition, the Programme appreciates the challenges the UK’s energy system faces over the coming decades: a need to de- carbonise, closure of generating capacity stock and declining domestic fossil fuel production in the context of rising demand. When considering the impact of climate change on utilities infrastructure, the following actions within the National Adaptation Programme could be implemented nationally and locally:  The government to consider the impacts of climate change when implementing the Energy Security Strategy;  New energy infrastructure will take account of climate change in line with NPSs;  Organisations in the energy sector implementing the actions set out in their reports under the Adaption Reporting Power The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Research Paper (no 136) The Smart City Market: Opportunities for the UK, sets out the emerging trends in Smart Energy provision, including: Smart Distribution Networks/ Distribution Management System, Smart Metering, Smart appliances and Micro-generation Management. Whilst there are gaps is the supply chain for Smart Energy in the UK, for example UK hardware challenges and issues with data management, there are strong opportunities in the provision of home energy management SMEs. Water The Climate Change Risk Assessment indicated that water shortages, water supply-demand deficits and combined sewer overflow spill frequency as the most

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 52 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

pertinent risks arising from climate change. Balance also needs to be achieved between demand changes arising from population growth and changing rainfall patterns. With regard to water quality, the Climate Change Risk Assessment highlighted that an increase in winter precipitation could lead to an adverse potential increase in the Combined Sewer Outflow spill frequency and volumes. The government has published a Strategic Policy Statement and Social and Environmental Guidance for Ofwat, which reflects the government’s policy objectives as set out in the Natural Environment White Paper and Water White Paper. When considering the impact of climate change on utilities infrastructure it is pertinent to have regard to the following actions within the National Adaptation Programme:  Organisations in the water sector implementing actions set out in their reports under the Adaptation Reporting Power;  Companies and LLFAs joint-working on area drainage plans and surface water flood maps. The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Research Paper (no 136) The Smart City Market: Opportunities for the UK, encourages the delivery of smart water networks which reduce supply disruptions, manage water consumption and continuously diagnose system health. Whilst there are a number of gaps in the UK supply chain, for example in the lack of research and development in water networks, there are substantial opportunities for the roll out of smart water networks (including availability of design services).

5.5 Summary of Utility Infrastructure

5.5.1 Electricity Through Arup analysis and discussions with Northern Powergrid it has been confirmed that there are infrastructure requirements linked to provision of additional capacity over and above natural growth levels. There is a shortage of electricity within the City Centre. This shortage is exacerbated by the condition of some old apparatus within the city centre and thus the management of the network and the movement of electricity between substations is challenging. This results in a requirement for a new sub-station/ or major upgrade of existing substation (Alfred Gleder) within the City Centre to ensure support for the proposed development in these areas. This would cost approximately £7m. There is additional cabling within the area to collect capacity and take it into those areas that require it. It is considered that the additional cost for this work is circa £3m plus VAT and this cost would be distributed between all the developments connecting to existing substations. Funding is also required for feasibility work and on-going appraisal of development strategy and capacity of electrical network, including specific assessment of procurement routes for large developments. Electricity infrastructure provision under ‘business as usual’ model would be funded by developers as part of development costs.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 53 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

This results in an anticipated cost of £10 million. This funding gap would need to be funded by Northern Powergrid and development requiring upgrades / use of the primary substation.

5.5.2 Gas Through Arup analysis and discussions with Northern Gas Networks it has been confirmed that major investment in gas infrastructure is not required. Gas infrastructure provision under a ‘business as usual’ model would be funded by developers as part of development costs. This results in anticipated cost of approximately £1.5m. This funding gap would need to be funded by Northern Gas Network and relevant development sites.

5.5.3 Water Supply and Waste Water Treatment Through dialogue with Yorkshire Water it has been confirmed that major investment in water supply and waste water treatment infrastructure is not required. Infrastructure provision under a ‘business as usual’ model would be funded by developers as part of development costs. Table 5.16 Summary of Utilities Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for full details)

Strategic / Place Lead delivery Delivery Shaping or agency/ Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme Cost phasing Enabling management mechanism funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

Short to Northern Northern medium term ( Electricity Powergrid Powergrid 1 – 10 years) Potential U1 Enabling £10m Upgrades Private Private Depending on gap developer Developers build out rates in this area.

Short to Northern Gas Northern Gas medium term ( Gas Network Network 1 – 10 years) U2 Enabling £1.5m No gap Upgrades Private Private Depending on developers developers build out rates in this area.

On-site Water Supply and YW Throughout U3 access to Enabling YW Developer £unknown No gap plan period. Wastewater Contribution Treatment Cost

District HCC Short to Heating U4 Strategic HCC Private £unknown medium Term No gap Network developers (1 – 10 years) Feasibility

HCC HCC Short to U5 investigatin Strategic HCC Private £unknown medium Term No gap g options developers (1 – 10 years)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 54 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

for further Renewable Energy Generation

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 55 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Telecommunications

6.1 Data Sources This section addresses specifically whether adequate telecommunications infrastructure exists in the area to enable the demand for public telecom services to be met, and what additional infrastructure provision might be required. The telecom services considered in the chapter comprise:  fixed telecom services which are composed of telephone services and access to broadband services;  cellular mobile services; and  television distribution services, including cable TV. The City of Hull occupies a unique position in the UK, being the only place not served by BT. For a century or more, telecommunication services have been provided in Hull by its own operator, now called Kingston Communications and part of the KCOM Group. Effectively, Kingston Communications performs the same role in Hull as BT does elsewhere in the country. In consequence, the regulations that apply to BT, in relation to universal service provision and to prevent the abuse of market power, also apply to Kingston Communications. Subsequent sections examine the state of provision of infrastructure to support the services listed. The final section considers how additional telecoms infrastructure might be provided in the Hull area. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Kingston Communications: Sean Royce  MS3: Tony Hales  www.broadbandchoice.co.uk  Centre for Cities: City Outlook 2014

6.2 Regulation The regulation of the telecommunications market Telecommunications differs from other utility sectors in that any person may operate telecoms infrastructure and provide services to the public without prior approval or being expressly licensed, provided that certain general regulations are complied with. Accordingly, the market for telecommunication infrastructure and services in Hull, as elsewhere, is entirely open to competitive provision. Even so, Kingston Communications is the sole operator of infrastructure and the sole provider of services for almost all residents in the Hull area. As the dominant operator, Kingston Communications is subject to several specific regulatory requirements, of which the most important are the Universal Service Obligation and service conditions resulting from its Significant Market Power. These are described below.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 56 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Business users do have alternatives to Kingston Communications for voice and broadband communications. As in the rest of the UK, these alternatives are co- located on the dominant operator’s infrastructure. MS3 is the only alternative broadband infrastructure provider, and has a limited coverage. Universal Service Obligation The Universal Service Obligation (USO) is intended to ensure that basic fixed line services are available at an affordable price to all residential customers across the UK. The scope of the USO is defined by the EC Universal Services Directive; the Government specifies the services which must be provided throughout the UK; the requirement is implemented by Ofcom. BT for the rest of the UK and Kingston Communications in the Hull area have had such special conditions applied to them. USO services include the following:  special tariff schemes for low income customers.  a connection to the fixed telephone network, which includes functional internet access.  reasonable geographic access to public call boxes.  a range of services for customers with disabilities including the text relay service. Of these, the most significant is the obligation to provide a connection to the fixed telephone network on demand. What this means in practice for Kingston Communications is that any resident in the Hull area who wishes to have telephone service may apply to it, and Kingston Communications is obliged to install the infrastructure necessary to provide the connection and to provide fixed telephone service for a standard price. Infrastructure provision for basic telephony services is adequate for residents in the Hull area so long as Kingston Communications complies with its USO. In relation to new developments, whether housing or commercial, the norm in the telecoms sector is for the operator with USO (i.e. Kingston Communications in Hull) to design and install the network infrastructure without charge to the developer. Again, this arrangement is significantly different from other utility sectors, where developers are charged all or part of the cost of the infrastructure. In telecoms, developers and landowners are required only to provide the USO operator with access to its customers. A duct network may be laid for this purpose. Significant market power Ofcom, the regulator for telecommunication networks and services, may impose specific regulations where an operator has been determined to have significant market power (SMP). The very high market share in Hull means that Kingston Communications has been judged to have SMP in several aspects of telecommunication services in that area. Like BT, Kingston Communications provides internet access mainly by means of ADSL technology, which utilises the same copper cable that connects users to the local telephone exchange for telephone services. Kingston Communications is the

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 57 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

only ISP serving residential customers in the Hull area. The main reason for the lack of competitive provision of internet access in the Hull area is that the potential market is perceived to be too small to be cost effective. In short, the national policy for encouraging competitive broadband access via the telephone network does not work in Hull. The consequences for residential users in Hull are a restricted choice of service provider and higher prices, sometimes, for broadband access. However, Ofcom has not indicated that it will take any specific steps to remedy these deficiencies.

6.3 Existing Infrastructure

6.3.1 Fixed voice services Kingston Communications provides fixed voice telephony services throughout the Hull area. Traditionally, Kingston Communications has used the same type of infrastructure as BT and offered similar basic telephone services to residential and business customers, but at lower prices than BT. This commercial approach continues today. Other telecom infrastructure providers, such as BT or Virgin, are allowed to operate in Hull, but none have installed the infrastructure necessary to provide public telephone services in the area. A few commercial customers in the area do have direct connections to other networks, typically by microwave. There is no reasonable prospect that operators established elsewhere in the UK will in the near future install infrastructure in the area, as the potential demand is insufficient to induce the significant investment necessary.

6.3.2 Provision of broadband access Broadband Broadband access via fixed telecom network in the Hull area is available for residents only from Kingston Communications, using the same ADSL technology as BT. Internet service providers (ISPs) are not willing to provide services in Hull, resulting in broadband being provided only by Kingston Communications consumer brand, Karoo. Karoo provides a range of broadband services up to 100Mbit/s at prices broadly comparable to BT. The result is limited consumer choice in Hull. For example, Sky’s broadband service, which is provided nationally in association with BT, is not available in Hull as Sky has not entered into equivalent arrangements with Kingston Communications. TalkTalk, the market-leading ISP is also not available in Hull. A number of local ISPs have been established to provide broadband access for local businesses. Rather than retail the wholesale service available from KC, these ISPs have installed alternative infrastructures, most commonly wireless connections that by-pass Kingston Communications’ network and connect customers directly to BT or to Vodafone’s fixed network (the former Cable & Wireless). The alternative broadband infrastructure providers in Hull are:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 58 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Fibre: MS3 Mobile: see next section Wireless: Connexin, Pure Broadband, Quickline, Yorkshire Broadband Another local ISP, Eclipse, is in fact owned by Kingston Communications. MS3 is the largest of these alternative infrastructure providers, and the only one to install its own fibre network. Figure 6 shows the extent of the network installed in Stage 1. It runs from a point of connection to Vodafone’s fixed network in Barton-on-Humber (outside Kingston Communications’ area) across the Humber Bridge and into Hull, with the network operations centre at Hessle. Stage 2 is planned to take MS3’s network into east Hull. Figure 6.1: Stage 1 Network Build

Source: MS3 Presentation MS3 also plans to extend its coverage by connecting customers by point-to-point wireless. It has no plans to connect residential customers. Wi-Fi Broadband access via WiFi is available in parts of Hull. WiFi is a form of local access and needs to be connected to broadband infrastructure, which in Hull means Kingston Communications. Kingston Communications has installed 33 Wi-Fi hotspots in the City Centre, and additional hotspots in Beverley Road, Princes Avenue, Newland Avenue and Beverley town centre. Many are located in the traditional phone boxes, which are white in Hull. Access is free for Kingston’s broadband customers.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 59 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

6.3.3 Cellular mobile services and mobile internet All five cellular mobile networks provide services in the Hull area, on the same terms as elsewhere in the UK. Cellular mobile base stations in Hull are typically linked to the operators’ national networks via Kingston Communications’ public network. As elsewhere in the UK, the national networks are currently rolling out 4G. The present state of availability of 4G in the Hull area is as follows:  EE (formerly Orange and T-Mobile) – provides 4G now.  02 – 3G provision.  Three –4G in 2015.  Vodafone – 4G being rolled out now, partial coverage. The cellular mobile companies offer mobile broadband access in Hull as elsewhere in the UK. Mobile broadband is a premium service which has much lower download speeds than fixed broadband, and is mainly for business use.

6.3.4 TV distribution Off-air TV distribution in the Hull area is the same as in the rest of the UK; the Digital Switch Over programme has been completed. There is no cable TV service in Hull. Kingston Communications has in the past provided Interactive TV and Video on Demand services over its network, but these were withdrawn in 2006.

6.4 Fit for Purpose

6.4.1 Is additional telecommunications infrastructure required? For a long period, having an independent telephone company gave Hull a significant economic advantage. Kingston Communications offered basic telephone services to business and residential customers that were as good as BT’s yet significantly cheaper. When telephone networks began to be digitalised, Kingston Communications was at the forefront of the modernisation of network infrastructure. There is limited choice in relation to phone service and broadband. While Kingston’s basic telephone service is still cheaper than BT’s, customers in the Hull area are not able to access cheaper calls over BT’s network. Broadband access is on the same basis in Hull as elsewhere, but customers have only Kingston Communications to choose from. It should be noted that their services are satisfactory as regards quality. Hull is also the largest urban area in the country without a cable TV network. The absence of competition at either the level of infrastructure or of service results in reduced choice and higher prices for residents. Businesses have greater choice, but small and medium sized businesses are in much the same position as residents.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 60 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

6.4.2 What are the future options? As the telecoms market continues to evolve, it is now unrealistic to suppose that an additional telephone network based on copper cable could be set up in Hull in competition with Kingston Communications. Certainly, Openreach – BT’s connections business – has no intention, we understand, of connecting any customers in the Hull area to BT’s network. Finally, none of the optical fibre networks established in the UK in the 1980s and 1990s to serve businesses, such as those of Cable & Wireless and COLT, invested in the Hull area at that time. Now, when the sustained fall in prices for telecommunication transmission services means their businesses have less good commercial prospects, it seems very unlikely that such investment will occur. At the infrastructure level, then, the practical options for new telecom networks are wireless and optical fibre broadband networks: Wireless Broadband Given the relatively high cost of installing optical fibre networks in the streets, wireless broadband appears to be the most economic method for alternative infrastructure providers in Hull. Unlike ADSL, wireless links do not deteriorate with distance from the point of connection to the network, but generally offer lower capacity. Wireless broadband exists in two forms – point-to-point and point-to multipoint. Business customers typically use point-to-point services which offer higher bandwidth, whereas point- to-multipoint can residential customers with a cheaper service. For example, in Hull, Quickline offers residential customers a 25 Mbit/s broadband service for a price that is competitive with Kingston Communications. Take-up of wireless broadband among residential customers in Hull is however very low. Optical fibre broadband Both BT and Virgin Media are rolling out optical fibre in their networks, though not all the way to the home. Kingston Communications is following suit, but Hull continues to be the city in the UK with the lowest penetration for superfast broadband (which Ofcom defines as 30 Mbit/s or higher). As indicated, MS3’s network has as yet relatively limited coverage of the area between the Humber Bridge and the city centre, with a network length of about 30 kms. The company has announced plans to install a total of 200 kms of cable.

6.5 Planned Schemes Kingston Communications has a rolling programme for the installation of optical fibre broadband, which it markets as Lightstream. For the rest of 2014, it will be installing it optical fibre networks in the following areas: The Avenues (October to December 2014): Properties around Victoria Avenue, Park Avenue, Westbourne Avenue, Marlborough Avenue, as well as areas around the Dukeries including Blenheim Street, Belvoir Street, Clumber Street, Thoresby Street, Wellbeck Street, and Hardwick Street, Newstead Street, Wharncliffe Street, Perth Street, Perth Street West and Lynton Avenue.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 61 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Other parts of Hull will be served in future years. While Kingston Communications does not have a firm programme for future installations, it expects to achieve universal coverage of superfast broadband by 2020.

6.6 Impact of Proposed Development

6.6.1 Impact of Proposed Development As set out in Section 6.4, telecommunication provision in Kingston upon Hull is provided by Kingston Communications. It is rapidly becoming the norm for new developments of any size to provide for optical fibre network connections, which offer much faster broadband access. For new residential developments, managing broadband access networks is a commercially attractive option. Such access networks are separate from the incumbent operator’s network and so could form the basis for independent networks offering competition at the infrastructure level and additional choice at the service level. A new residential development in Hull would typically provide fixed telephone and broadband services by arrangement with Kingston Communications, which operates in much the same way as BT. That is, Kingston Communications offers to provide optical fibre to each new home (Fibre To The Premises, or FTTP). It will propose the layout of the duct network on site and provide the ducts, which the developer installs. Kingston Communications would then extend its network to the served premises. Normally, the network installation would be at Kingston Communication’s cost. The estimated cost of providing this new network to the planned new housing and industrial sites in the City is £7 million. It is assumed that these costs would be met by Kingston Communications. A new industrial or commercial development would also be served by an optical fibre connection from Kingston Communications. The option to connect to MS3, if in the right area, or to go directly to a national operator could also be taken up, but normally only as an additional connection, not instead of Kingston Communications.

6.6.2 Adapting to Climate Change Whilst the National Adaptation Programme and the Climate Change Risk Assessment does not explicitly cover the theme of telecommunications provision. Instead, the Programme recognises the secondary impacts which fluctuating energy security and loss of power could have on services such as telecommunications. Climate-proofing telecommunications infrastructure could also contribute towards achieving Objective 10 within the Programme, which highlights the importance of promoting interconnected and interdependent services in minimising the risks of cascade failures. The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Research Paper (no 136) The Smart City Market: Opportunities for the UK, describes the national opportunities available in smart technology implementation. Smart energy management, smart water management and smart transport management will all require significant telecommunications inputs. A key constraint across provision of Smart Cities and

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 62 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Smart technology is the availability of existing data and the need to expand data collection services.

6.7 Summary of telecommunications infrastructure Hull occupies a unique position in the UK, being the only place not served by BT. For a century or more, telecommunication services have been provided in Hull by its own operator, now called Kingston Communications and part of the KCOM Group. It is challenging to estimate the level of investment required in new telecommunications infrastructure over the study period. Direct investment is likely to be market led. In the current economic climate such investment may be slow. The future delivery strategy for telecommunications, in particular digital services and broadband, should align with council plans for providing greater connectivity in the city. A new residential development in Hull would typically provide fixed telephone and broadband services by arrangement with Kingston Communications, which operates in much the same way as BT. Kingston Communications would then extend its network to the served premises. Normally, the network installation would be at Kingston Communication’s cost. A new industrial or commercial development would also be served by an optical fibre connection from Kingston Communications. The option to connect to MS3, if in the right area, or to go directly to a national operator could also be taken up, but normally only as an additional connection, not instead of Kingston Communications. There is therefore no gap in broadband provision related to the new planned housing and employment development. However the estimated cost of installing Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) to existing homes and SME businesses, based on pro-rating similar calculation for Greater London Authority there is an infrastructure gap of £50m. Kingston Communications is not obligated to install FTTP to homes, and its current roll-out programme is much slower than BT’s in other cities. This provision may be provided in the longer term it would beneficial for all residents and businesses to have FTTP to support wider Local Plan aspirations. The £50 million funding has not been included in the table below or Table 15.1 as it is not considered to be a gap related to new development in the City.

Table 6.1 Summary of Telecommunications Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further details)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 63 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Place Shaping agency/ Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme Cost phasing or Enabling management mechanism funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

Provision of Short to No gap Superfast Kingston Kingston TE1 Enabling £7m medium term Funded by Broadband in Communications Communications (1 – 10 years). KC Hull

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 64 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Flood Risk and Drainage

7.1 Data Sources This section considers flood risk infrastructure in Hull including coastal, fluvial and surface water flooding infrastructure. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Humber Flood Risk Management Strategy (2008).  Emerging Humber Flood Risk Management Strategy Review in line with Partnership Funding (on-going).  Humber Hull Frontages Scheme  River Hull Defences Scheme (on-going).  River Hull Integrated Catchment Strategy (on-going).  Hull Surface Water Management Plan (2009).  Discussion with Rachel Glossop (HCC).

7.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose

7.2.1 Overview Flood risk and drainage issues pose acute problems for Hull. This in turn has a direct impact on the scale, location and layout of future development opportunities. The Environment Agency Flood Zone maps indicate that the majority of Hull has a high risk of flooding, with approximately 95% located within Flood Zones 2 and 3. The high flood risk that exists can be attributed to ground levels in Hull being predominantly lower than the high tide level of the Humber - consequently there is significant need for flood defences. The main agencies involved in the maintenance and provision of flood risk infrastructure include:  Environment Agency (EA).  Hull City Council (HCC).  East Riding of Yorkshire Council (ERYC).  Yorkshire Water (YW).

7.2.2 Coastal The defences along the Humber are in need of investment, the standard of protection varies long the length of the defences and in many locations the existing height does not reflect the implications of climate change. The Humber Strategy 2008 sets out a strategy for coastal defences in the whole Humber. In December 2013 there was a tidal surge, which affected coastal defences in the Humber. Following this surge, work is underway to confirm the Humber Flood Levels. This is required to feed into a number of different strategies and schemes

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 65 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

including the Hull Strategic Flood Risk Assessment, Humber Strategy Review and Humber Hull Frontages Scheme. The Tidal barrier has been recently upgraded at a cost of £5m and there are no outstanding infrastructure issues.

7.2.3 Fluvial River Hull The standard of protection of the River Hull Defences are currently varied in a number of locations. The River Hull Defences Strategy has highlighted ‘at risk’ parts of the current defences are along the River Hull and recommend flood risk measures to be carried out in five year tranches. Holderness Drain An area of flood risk has been identified in the Bransholme area as a result of flooding from the Holderness Drain. This is caused by backing up of the drain from the Humber. The purpose of the East Hull Pumping Station is to mitigate this risk, but this asset is coming to the end of its residual life and therefore alternative solutions need to be identified. The River Hull Integrated Catchment Strategy (RHICS) is currently assessing several options including; a different pumping regime and / or embankments and storage. The preferred option for this area is currently been reviewed and will be in the draft RHICS report due for consultation in Autumn 2014.

7.2.4 Surface Water Hull suffers from surface water flooding which occurs when overland flows are unable to discharge into the sewers or watercourses. The Bransholme Pumping Station is currently being upgraded; this will allow for pumping of surface water from the Kingswood Development into the River Hull. The work carried out as part of RHICS is currently verifying the pumping regime for this asset, including levels to ensure that the risk of surface water flood risk is reduced to the surrounding communities, whilst ensuring that the operation does not increase flood risk elsewhere as a result. In addition other YW wastewater treatment assets have been upgraded to allow increased surface water in the sewer to be managed.

7.3 Planned Schemes

7.3.1 Coastal Humber Strategy Review The Humber Flood Risk Management Strategy (2008) is currently being reviewed. The schemes from the Humber Strategy total approximately £888

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 66 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

million to £1.2 billion11 (for all four Local Authorities) to provide a consistent 1:200 standard of flood protection (see Reference: F1, in Table 15.1). The justification for this funding is being made through a MP’s business case. The purpose of this business case was to set out that the Humber has a special case for investment and to show the economic value of the estuary. The availability of this funding will be confirmed in the Autumn Statement. If this funding is not secured through the business case, then all parties will consider finding contributions and assessing what local contributions would be required to maximise flood protection in the Humber Estuary, in line with the Humber Strategy. Humber Hull Frontages Through the Humber Strategy, the Humber Hull Frontages scheme has been identified. This scheme is being developed by the Environment Agency, HCC and East Riding (see Reference: F1, in Table 15.1). This scheme protects the coast from Hessle to Paull. This scheme is still being developed and is waiting for the new Humber Levels before it is designed further. This scheme will deliver flood defences for a 1:200 flood event. HCC are confident that the scheme could be funded through flood and coastal erosion risk management Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and other private sector contributions. Albert Docks Flooding Works Following the tidal surge in December 2013, the Environment Agency provided a recovery fund to repair damage to coastal defence caused by the surge (see Reference: F2, in Table 15.1). A total of £4m of recovery funding has been secured for works at Albert Docks. An additional £3 million from the Local Growth Fund has been secured for works at Albert Dock. The Dunston Culvert will also be blocked, as coastal flood water accessed Hull through this culvert in December 2013. This work is scheduled to begin in October 2014 and will be completed by May 2015. It is being led by the Environment Agency. Hull and Holderness Flood Risk Alleviation Scheme This is a combined coastal and surface water flood risk scheme around Paull and Saltend (see Reference: F3, in Table 15.1). This site is being led by the East Riding of Yorkshire Council as it seeks to protect employment sites (including Hedon Haven) outside the eastern boundary of Hull, as well as protecting settlements to the east of Hull from surface water flooding. This scheme does have an indicative allocation for both the FDGiA and the Local Growth Funding, but the scheme has not yet gone through the formal approval process. The scheme will still require a Medium Term Plan, followed by an indicative allocation and a Project Appraisal Report. The scheme is being led by the ERYC, and promoted by the EA, HCC and any relevant Internal Drainage Boards.

11 Kingston upon Hull, East Riding of Yorkshire, North Lincolnshire and North East Lincolnshire.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 67 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Anlaby and East Ella Flood Risk Alleviation Scheme This scheme is currently being designed and may include a tidal flood wall at Hessle and provision of surface water ponds (see Reference: F4, in Table 15.1). The concept will be to maximise efficiencies by using material from creating the storage ponds for the defences at Hessle. The scheme is being led by the ERYC, and promoted by the EA and HCC.

7.3.2 Fluvial River Hull Defences A River Hull Defences Scheme is being developed. This highlights the parts of the defences which are particularly vulnerable to flooding. The scheme will highlight improvements that are needed in the next five years, five to ten years and ten to twenty years. The works to bring all the flood defences to a 1:200 plus climate change will be mostly funded by Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) (see Reference: F5, in Table 15.1). The River Hull Defences Strategy completed by the EA was never formally approved and the findings of this strategy and the River Hull Integrated Catchment Strategy (RHICS) will be brought together to become the strategy for the River Hull. The RHICS is reference below. River Hull Integrated Catchment Strategy This strategy is being led by the East Riding of Yorkshire Council, who has commissioned Grontmij to carry out the strategy. This strategy is looking at flood risk from the sea, river, surface water and sewers. The EA, YW, HCC and ERYC are involved. Elected Members in HCC and ERYC have agreed to support the recommendations of this report in terms of the options for managing flood risk (see Reference: F6, in Table 15.1). This report will consider the options for reducing flood risk. This could include pumping, flood storage areas, raising embankments or different maintenance regimes. The options are being reported to all stakeholders in August 2014. River Hull Inlet Project / River Hull Plus This is a project being promoted HCC in the City Plan (see Reference: F7, in Table 15.1). It seeks to consider how footpaths and green infrastructure development/ regeneration could link and enhance the new flood defences. Implementation of this scheme could make the most of the River environment and promote investment along the River Hull. This would be funded by a variety of sources including Local Growth Funding and Heritage Lottery Funding if possible.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 68 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

7.3.3 Surface Water Surface Water Storage East Riding of Yorkshire Council and HCC are promoting three Surface Water storage schemes in the settlements on the edge of Hull. These schemes were identified in the Surface Water Management Plan (2009):  Willerby and Derringham Flood Risk Alleviation Scheme: This scheme is on site and planned for completion in 2016/17. Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and ERDF funding has been used to fund this scheme. The cost of the scheme is approximately £14.9m (see Reference: F8, in Table 15.1)  Anlaby and East Ella Flood Risk Alleviation Scheme: This represents the surface water storage elements of the wider Analby and East Ella Flood Risk Alleviation coastal scheme (see Reference: F9, in Table 15.1). The estimated cost of this scheme is approximately £14.8m and has gained Local Growth Funding for the feasibility work (Project Appraisal Report stage), which should be completed by December 2014. This scheme is planned for the future. This would be funded by Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and Local Growth Fund.  Cottingham and Orchard Park Flood Risk Alleviation Scheme: The estimated cost of this scheme is approximately £20m and has gained Local Growth Funding for the feasibility work (Project Appraisal Report stage) which should be completed by December 2014.This scheme is planned for the future (see Reference: F10, in Table 15.1). A funding bid for Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) will be in March 2015. The aim of these schemes is to store surface water and slow down water before it reaches the populated villages in the East Riding and the Hull Urban Area. This means that water that falls on the urban area is more likely to be accommodated in the sewer network. The flood defence benefits to the population of Hull have been used to access the funding for these schemes. Bransholme Surface Water Pumping Station: River Hull Integrated Catchment Strategy The work carried out as part of River Hull Integrated Catchment Strategy is currently verifying the pumping regime for the Bransholme Surface Water Pumping Station. Works comprise verifying levels to ensure that the maximum amount of surface water flood risk can be reduced, whilst ensuring that the operation does not increase flood risk elsewhere as a result. Sustainable Urban Drainage It is currently anticipated that new regulations will come into force in April 2015 to require SUDS to be agreed through the planning application process. This is currently being consulted on by DEFRA12. This means developers will need to agree their SUDs with HCC and developers will need to meet certain SUD standards, which will be set out in future amendments to the Planning Practice Guidance. The amendments to planning guidance would be based on the draft sustainable drainage systems National Standards and Specified Criteria, which include a hierarchy of acceptable discharge solutions, which include a hierarchy

12 https://consult.defra.gov.uk/water/delivering-sustainable-drainage-systems

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 69 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

of acceptable discharge solutions with infiltration to the ground the most preferred and connection to sewers the least preferred (but still permissible). HCC are looking at options to retrofitting SUDs on highways, public realm and parks, working in partnership with Yorkshire Water. Following the completion of the Hull Holistic Drainage Study Yorkshire Water (YW) is working on SUDs with HCC (see Reference: F11, in Table 15.1). This would be funded through a local levy from the Regional Flood and Coastal Committee (£1 to 1.5m is available to the Lead Local Flood Authorities) and potentially contributions from YW (but this is not yet confirmed). Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) could be targeted for larger SUDs schemes.

7.4 Impact of Proposed Development

7.4.1 Impact of Proposed Development The majority of Hull is at risk of flooding from either coastal, fluvial or surface water flooding (or a combination of the three). The existing flood infrastructure (section 7.2) and planned flood defence schemes (section 7.3) will provide the strategic flood risk defences required to allow new homes and employment to be developed in Hull. However site by site flood defences and measures will be required to address the residual risk and for localised surface water issues. In the City Centre, sites that are at risk of flooding are normally required (based on EA guidance) to include a place of safety. This is sometimes difficult in converted schemes in Hull and HCC are working with the EA to ensure that the flood risk in any developments can be safely managed. HCC would expect individual sites to provide adequate flood defences on site. For example in Kingswood, a double defence along the River Hull has been proposed by the developer and this is being discussed and agreed with HCC. This includes an aqua green in the lowered area. The houses will be raised and the ground floors within the properties at the most risk will be garages or storage to reduce damage in a flood event (see Reference F12 in Table 15.1). There is a need to demonstrate the sequential approach through the Kingswood AAP. Yorkshire Water have an agreement in place to take all surface water from Kingswood for a 1 in 30 year flood, which will be piped to the Bransholme Surface Water Pumping Station. This station is in the process of being upgraded. The proposed development in the urban area of Hull, including Newington and St Andrews and Holderness Road Corridor will be protected by existing flood infrastructure (section 7.2) and planned flood defence schemes (section 7.3), but on site flood mitigation may be required. HCC are currently developing a Strategic Flood Risk Assessment which will consider the flood risk approach for the City. This is expected to be completed in 2015.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 70 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

7.4.2 Adapting to Climate Change The Climate Change Risk Assessment (2012) identifies that many of the highest order risks to the built environment are associated with the impacts of flooding. Objective 1, which is shared with the National Flood and Coastal Erosion Risk Management Strategy for England, requires collaboration between individuals, communities and organisations to reduce the threat of flooding and coastal erosion exacerbated by climate change. The strategy provides a framework for communities to develop local partnerships and solutions to flood and coastal erosion risks. Managing flood risk also includes effectively responding to incidents, which requires organisations to work together to prepare an integrated approach to flood detection and forecasting, issue warnings expediently and minimise potential loss of life and damage. Nationally, the EA and Met Office will work together to prepare more accurate forecasts of flooding from all sources, improve the geographic specificity of warnings and flood information, increase lead in terms for forecasts and warnings and generate more innovative ways of sharing locally specific information. When considering climate change adaptation, it is necessary to consider the following national actions highlighted within the National Adaptation Programme (2013):  Secure, with industry, new arrangements for flood insurance beyond 2013;  Develop Local Flood Risk Management Strategies that set out the approach to managing local flood risk and consider the effect of future climate change and increasing severity of weather events. Alongside managing coastal flood risk and extreme weather events, it is necessary to give consideration to Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems in managing the surface water run-off and permitting a slower discharge of rainwater. Following the impact of the 2007 floods, the Flood and Water Management Act (2010) required SuDs to be compulsory in all new developments from April 2014 and that proposed SuDS will be approved, adopted and maintained by SuDs approval bodies (SABs). These bodies were the responsibility of flooding and drainage authorities. During summer 2014, consultation was held on ‘Delivering Sustainable Drainage Systems’, which announced that the responsibility for approving and maintaining SuDS would be with Local Planning Authorities. This ultimately ensures that the delivery of SuDS and projects that require drainage schemes are consented under the same timescale and the same determining authority. Further to the actions highlighted within the National Adaptation Programme, adapting the built environment to flood risk could require the inclusion of SuDS in developments.

7.5 Summary of Flood Risk and Drainage Infrastructure A meeting has been held with Rachel Glossop (HCC Flood Risk). A summary of the schemes required to deliver the planned housing and employment growth in Hull are provided in the Infrastructure Delivery Programme.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 71 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

There is still some uncertainty about the funding for the flood defences required for the Humber Estuary (East Riding of Yorkshire, North East Lincolnshire and North Lincolnshire and Hull); however the densely populated nature of Hull means that the City is likely to be eligible for funding through the Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA). HCC would also seek to secure external funding for flood defence works. HCC would expect individual development sites to provide flood defences in line with requirements set out at the national and local level. The current funding system for flood mitigation is based around the number of people and properties protected. As Hull is densely populated it is highly likely that the funding will be found for the defence schemes required and indicative allocations have been made on the medium term plan. Table 7.1: Summary of Flood Risk Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further details)

Strategic / Place Lead delivery Delivery Shaping or agency/ Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme Cost phasing Enabling management mechanism funding (When) Infrastructur organisation e

A case for this funding is being Humber Hull made through a MPs Approx. Frontages business case (for £888 Flood complete Humber). million to No gap in Hull Alleviation HCC, EA, The funding for the Short to £1.2 billion Wider F1 Scheme from Strategic ERYC, NELC, Humber Hull medium term (for all four Humberside gap the Humber NEC. Frontage elements (1 – 10 years) Local in funding Flood Risk could be sourced Authorities) Management from Flood Defence £unknown Strategy (2008) Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and private sector funding.

£4m from Recovery Short Term (1 Albert Docks Fund – 5 years) F2 Flooding Strategic EA, HCC £7m No gap. £3m from Local Completed by Works Growth Fund. May 2015

Led by the Short Term (1 Hull and ERYC, and Flood Defence – 5 years) Holderness promoted by the Grant in Aid The scheme Flood Risk EA, HCC and F3 Strategic (FDGiA) funding £unknown must No gap. Alleviation any relevant has been secured for commence Scheme Internal this scheme. before March Drainage 2015. Boards.

Led by the ERYC, and Anlaby and Flood Defence promoted by the East Ella Flood Grant in Aid EA, HCC and Short Term (1 F4 Risk Strategic (FDGiA) funding £unknown Potential Gap any relevant – 5 years) Alleviation will be targeted. Internal Scheme No secured funding. Drainage Boards.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 72 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Flood Defence Grant in Aid Short to River Hull EA, YW, HCC F5 Strategic (FDGiA) funding £unknown Medium term Potential Gap Defences and ERYC will be targeted. (1- 10 years) No secured funding.

Flood Defence River Hull Grant in Aid Integrated Short to EA, YW, HCC (FDGiA) funding F6 Catchment Strategic £unknown Medium term Potential Gap and ERYC will be targeted. Strategy (1- 10 years)

(RHICS) No secured funding.

Local Growth Fund. Rive Hull Inlet Short to Heritage Lottery F7 Project/ River Enabling HCC £unknown Medium term Potential Gap Fund. Hull Plus (1- 10 years) HCC Funding.

Short Term (1 Willerby and – 5 years) Flood Defence Derringham Led by the This scheme Grant in Aid F8 Flood Risk Enabling ERYC with EA £14m is on site and No gap. (FDGiA) and Alleviation and HCC. planned for ERDF. Scheme completion in 2016/17

Local Growth Funding secured the feasibility work (Project Appraisal Anlaby and Report stage). East Ella Flood Led by the Short Term (1 F9 Risk Enabling ERYC with EA £19m – 5 years) Potential Gap Alleviation and HCC. Flood Defence Scheme Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and ERDF.

Local Growth Funding secured the Cottingham and feasibility work Orchard Park Led by the (Project Appraisal Short Term (1 F10 Flood Risk Enabling ERYC with EA Report stage). £20m – 5 years) Potential Gap Alleviation and HCC. Flood Defence Scheme Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and ERDF.

Local levy from the Regional Flood and Coastal Committee (£1 – 1.5m to available to the Lead Local Flood Short Term (1 Retrofitting HCC F11 Enabling Authorities). £unknown – 5 years) No gap SUDs ERYC Potentially contributions from YW (but this is not yet confirmed) Flood Defence Grant in Aid

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 73 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

(FDGiA) for larger schemes.

Kingswood Short to Flood Defences Private medium term (Identified developer (1 – 10 years) following an Private developer F12 Enabling HCC £unknown Depending on No gap assessment of Yorkshire Water Yorkshire the build out the impact of Water of the site. proposed

development)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 74 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Waste Management

8.1 Data Sources This section covers provision of waste management infrastructure. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Joint Sustainable Waste Management Strategy Review 2012.  Waste Collection Policy, January 2014.  Discussion with Waste Team, HCC.  Waste Management Market Sounding Event, Guildhall, Hull: Information Pack, June 2011. To support the Hull and East Riding Joint Waste Local Plan, Hull City Council are currently preparing an Evidence Base Report which will set out the current and future requirement for municipal and commercial waste. The next iteration of this Infrastructure Study will reflect the contents and requirements within this report.

8.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose In Hull Municipal Waste is collected in three bins:  Blue Bin: mixed recycling (glass, card, tins, plastic, paper, etc).  Brown Bin: mixed organics.  Black Bins: residual waste. Various waste contracts process the above waste streams. Residual waste is currently processed in refuse derived fuel which is then sent for treatment at UK and European Energy from Waste facilities. As set out in Section 8.4 HCC have agreed a new portfolio of waste contacts which will begin in April 2015. Hull City Council currently offer the following Commercial Waste services:  non hazardous general waste.  paper only recycling.  mixed dry recycling (paper; cardboard; glass bottles & jars; plastic bottles tubs & pots; cans, tins and aerosols). From 1 April 2015 Hull City Council will not carry out paper only recycling. Hull City Council Officers estimate that we collect residual waste from 25% of the businesses in hull. This is based on an assumption that there are approx. 6100 business in Hull and we collect residual waste from 1534 businesses. The current waste management arrangements are fit for purpose.

8.3 Planned Schemes Currently, HCC are working jointly with East Riding to procure the necessary waste contracts to manage waste for the next 10 years (with an allowance for a 5

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 75 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

year extension period) (see Reference: W1, in Table 15.1). These contracts begin on the 1st April 2015. FCC Environment (formerly WRG) will manage the network of Household Waste Recycling Sites (HWRS) in Hull (3 sites) and East Riding of Yorkshire (10 sites):  Sutton Fields HWRS.  Wiltshire Road HWRS.  Burma Drive HWRS. FCC Environmental will also manage three strategic waste transfer stations at Wilmington, central Hull, Goole and Carnaby. Impetus Waste Management will manage residual waste (black bins). It will be turned into a refuse derived fuel (RDF) and used to recover energy at a new advanced gasification facility at Billingham, Teesside. Advanced Gasification is a process by which waste materials are heated to very high temperatures and converted to gas to generate energy and inert materials that can then be recycled as aggregates. J&B Recycling Ltd and Biowise Ltd: A consortium between the two companies will develop a new composting facility in the Willerby area (in the East Riding of Yorkshire) to manage organic waste in Hull and East Riding (brown bins). J&B Recycling Ltd will use their existing material recycling facility in Hartlepool to sort Hull’s blue bin waste (mixed recyclables).

8.4 Impact of Proposed Development

8.4.1 Impact of Proposed Development The proposed quantum and distribution of new housing in Hull can be managed within the facilities set out above. The Sutton Field HWRS will serve the Kingswood development. There is currently no requirement for land to be allocated for waste uses in the HCC boundary. HCC receive a S106 of £30 per house (for a new bin) and £5,000 for community disposal facilities in new developments. HCC are currently reviewing their protocol for charging for new bins, as there is now potential for each house to have up to three bins. The waste team would like the bin charge to continue; this is being considered alongside CIL.

8.4.2 Adapting to Climate Change When considering the opportunities for introducing climate change adaptation in waste infrastructure, the National Adaptation Programme (2013) states that it will be necessary to promote access to the funding within the Waste and Resources Action Programme and to work with industry and others to implement the Resource Security Action Plan (2012). The Department for Business, Innovation and Skills Research Paper (no 136) The Smart City Market: Opportunities for the UK, sets out mechanisms for enhancing the efficiency of collection and separation of waste by Smart Technology. Whilst

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 76 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

the waste industry in the UK is extensive and the county has numerous experts working in consulting, there are a number of gaps particularly in data collection, which constrain the opportunities for delivering Smart Waste Schemes.

8.5 Summary of Waste Infrastructure HCC are working jointly with East Riding to procure the necessary waste contracts to manage waste for the next 10 years (with an allowance for a 5 year extension period). These contracts begin on the 1st April 2015. HCC currently request S106 contributions for provision of wheelie bins on new developments. They would like to continue to receive S106 contributions and are currently reviewing the cost of providing wheelie bins for each new residential unit. There is therefore no funding gap for the provision of waste infrastructure in Hull. Table 8.1: Summary of Waste Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further details)

Lead Strategic / delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme agency/ Cost phasing (Where) or Enabling mechanism funding management (When) Infrastructure organisation

Short Term Private (1 – 5 HCC City Waste funding years) W1 Strategic Private waste £unknown No gap Wide Management HCC – In place to firms Council tax 10 to 15 years.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 77 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Public Realm and Open Space

9.1 Data Sources This section covers provision and improvement to public realm, open space, play areas and allotments. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  City Plan.  Public Realm Strategy, 2014.  City of Culture 2017 bid.  Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014.  Open Space, Sport and Recreation Assessment, 2009.  Discussion with the HCC Major Projects and Infrastructure Team and the Parks and Open Spaces Team.

9.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose

9.2.1 Overview The city has a wide range of open spaces and green infrastructure. These vary widely in character and function but can be grouped broadly into the following:  Civic spaces: for example public squares in the city centre. Hard surfaced open areas in an urban context, which are intended to have a social function within population centres.  Public Parks: a number of major parks exist in the city.  Amenity Green Space: these are generally smaller spaces, typically of importance to local communities and having a wide range of functions.  Play Areas: these are spaces with specific facilities for children and young people.  Allotments. Outdoor sport and recreation infrastructure needs are considered in the next chapter. An Open Space Sport and Recreation Assessment was produced in 2009 and reviewed most recently in 2014 to inform development of the New Hull Local Plan. The revised document, the Open Space and Natural Environment Review (OSNER), reviewed provision of the various types of space listed above and informs the Infrastructure Study. Table 9.1 outlines provision of public realm and open space in the city by overall site area and numbers of sites. Table 9.1: Provision of public realm and open space in the city by overall site area and numbers of sites.

Type Site Area Number of Average Size Largest Smallest (ha) sites (ha) Civic Spaces 16.24 14 1.16 6.86 0.04

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 78 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Parks 140.18 30 4.67 42.66 0.1 Amenity 187.45 277 0.68 10.19 0.02 Greenspace Allotments 54.98 26 2.11 8.19 0.05 Play and young 13.27 133 0.10 1.22 0.001 people’s facilities

9.2.2 Civic Spaces The majority of civic spaces identified by the Open Space assessment are located within the City Centre (see Figure 7.1). The largest site is located outside of the City Centre, at Walton Street. It is something of an anomaly as a generally underused area of hard standing used for weekly markets and most importantly for the City it is the location for the annual . City Centre sites are particularly important as they help to punctuate and express the general character of the centre, providing important places for people to meet, for events and to connect other spaces and routes. There are no standards for provision and the spaces are relatively unique to the general fabric of the city centre. However they clearly present a very important role to how the centre is able to function and how people can experience and feel comfortable in the centre. Through dialogue with HCC Officers it has been identified that the quality of the public realm in the City Centre and across the whole of the city is in need of improvement. Figure 7.1: Civic Spaces identified in the Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014

Beverley Gate, Queen Victoria Whitefriargate Square Walton Street car park Wilberforce Rear of St Monument, Stephens, Park Street

Front of St Stephen's / transport interchange Paragon square

Princes Victoria Dock Dock Street Trinity waterfront Square Nelson Hull Humber Minerva Street Marina Quays Terrace

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 79 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The Open Space and Natural Environment Review does not consider conservation areas, although in terms of civic spaces these can often contribute in terms of the important character and identity they bring to the city. Therefore it is relevant to consider them alongside civic spaces and in terms of their public realm function, within the Infrastructure Study. There are 26 conservation areas in the city, shown on Figure 7.2 varying in size and nature. Recognised for their character they provide a valuable contribution to the city’s public realm, including in areas outside of the city centre, along major routes and in centres where people gather for various functions. Figure 7.2: Conservation Areas in Hull

Sutton Village

Beverley High Road Newland Cottingham Holderness Road Road (East) Newland Beverley Park Road Garden Sculcoates Village Broadway Ella Street

Avenues & Pearson Park Georgian New Town Princes Avenue Charterhouse Marfleet Holderness Road (West ) Spring Spring Anlaby Bank West Bank Park

Boulevard Coltman Street Hessle Old Town Road

Jameson Street St Andrews Dock

9.2.3 Parks Parks are generally the largest of the public realm and open space categories. Although some Amenity Green Spaces are also of substantial size, these do not have the range of facilities expected of a Park. A clear distinction between Parks and Amenity Green Space can be how they act as a destination. Parks are generally more recognisable for their facilities and also character, which can make them a bigger draw than Amenity areas which tend to be more localised in use. All parks in Hull are shown in Figure 7.3. The largest parks in the city are:  East Park (42.66ha): This benefitted from £6.4 million of investment from heritage lottery funding in 2001 and the Park currently has ‘Green Flag Status’. The park is within the boundary of the Holderness Road AAP, however the Plan does not identify requirements for any major improvements.  West Park (11.74ha): West Park is situated in the Riverside Area of the city and is in need of substantial investment to improve its current play provision. The installation of a new fitness zone has been well received.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 80 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Pickering Park (14.83ha): This Park currently benefits from an active ‘Friends Group’. Achievements to date include an outdoor gym, youth shelter and assault course. The Group work on small improvement projects in the park and raise money or bid for funding to carry out the improvements.  Alderman Kneeshaw Park and Recreation Ground (9.81ha): This Park provides a substantial area of parkland with a number of facilities positioned towards the Barham Road entrance, a wooded walkway surrounding a large area of outdoor sports fields.  Oak Road Park (7.77ha): A substantial area itself, the Park forms part of the wider Oak Road Playing Fields. It also contains a large lake used for fishing.  Peter Pan Park (7.64ha): This Park adjoins the larger area of Costello playing fields and contains a range of facilities including a pavilion, boating lake and bowling green.  Pearson Park (7.59ha): This is a Victorian Park located between the Avenues area of the city and Beverley Road. This Park would benefit from improvements.  Queens Garden (3.26ha): This is a City Centre open space built on an in- filled dock. While it is smaller than the other parks, its location and scale within the city centre and its links with adjoining public spaces brings an added significance to its role. Figure 7.3: Location of Parks

Heartlands Park Bude Park Shaw Lambwath Park Playing Fields Barbara Robson Park

Oak Road Park East AGS between Park Newland Ave and Hardy Street Fenchurch Street Park Alderman Kneeshaw Recreation Ground Cropton Park Pearson Park

Springhead Park Liddell Brackley Amazing Play Community Street Park Park Garden, land north John Hadland Park, Humbrol of Mayfield Walk Cambridge Grove Memorial Kingston Square Garden Eco Park, south of Falsgrave West Queens Gardens Grove Park

Edinburgh Victoria Peter Pan Park, Street Park Museum Park Pickering Road Gardens, Pocket Park, High Street Wellington Pickering Park, Pocket Park, Newington Park Street Hessle Road Heathfield Recreation Ground Square

The Open Space and Natural Environment Review (OSNER) seeks to determine if there are adequate Parks in Hull through analysis of the overall quantity and accessibility of the parks. There are no standards set for Civic Spaces and therefore no analysis has been included. Analysis is based on identified local standards included in the Table 9.2 below:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 81 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 9.2: Quantity of Parks by Local Standards

Existing Existing Recommended Surplus / Provision provision (ha / Local Standard Deficit 1000 people) of provision (ha / 1000 people) Parks 140 ha 0.54 0.50 11.38 ha surplus

Figure 9.4 maps the accessibility of parks to the existing residential population in Hull, based on a 20 minute walk time. This indicates parts of the city which have adequate access to parks in green and those which do not in red to yellow. The highest deficits are in the Northern area, and parts of Wyke, West and North Carr areas. Figure 9.4 Accessibility of Parks

Source: Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014

9.2.4 Amenity Spaces A much larger number of Amenity Green Spaces exist within the city. Some of these are of substantial size, comparable to Parks. However they lack the facilities of the parks and this limits their role. It is notable that most of the large amenity spaces are located within the northern parts of the city particularly where local authority housing estates where developed. Figure 9.5 illustrates the location of amenity spaces. All those over 2ha have been labelled and are outlined as follows:  Former Foredyke Stream, west of Holwell Road (10.19ha): Comprises a large area of landscaping that runs alongside Holwell Road. This is a distributor road offering access to the large housing estates in the area. This space therefore acts as buffering, but is also of a scale that could encourage active use. It sits opposite Heartlands Park.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 82 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Former Foredyke Stream, adjacent to Stround Crescent (2.16ha), Between Holwell Road and Stround Crescent (3.26ha), West of Holwell Road (2.92ha): These are all relatively narrow strips of land that sit alongside Holwell Road and the line of the culverted former Foredyke Stream. This dominates their character and potential use.  South of Dorchester Road (8.12ha), and Nidderdale Meadow (6.69ha): Both sit to the north of Sutton Road and act as a buffer to the Sutton Fields Industrial Estate to the south.  Engine Drain (4.67ha): This is a longitudinal area which acts as a buffer area between housing estates and a greenway along the line of the former drain which is partly culverted.  North of Howdale Road (3.26ha): This is a lozenge of land between housing joining to open countryside.  Stonebridge Recreation Ground (8.65ha): This area offers general amenity surrounding a centralised area used for outdoor sports. This adjoins the Eastern Cemetery on Preston Road.  Princess Elizabeth Playing Fields (4.04ha): These represent the remaining areas surrounding what has become the school playing field to Thomas Ferens Academy.  Endike Playing Field (3.69ha): This is to the north of Endike Primary School and adjoins the school playing field. It was formerly a part of the original school playing fields before this was reconstructed through the BSF programme, and now forms a good sized space accessed from Beverley Road and Endike Lane.

 Bluebell Fields (6.45ha) and Bellfield Park (3.65ha): These have both been identified through the Holderness Road AAP to provide open space alongside new housing allocations. They currently exist but the AAP brings recognised status to these areas as greenspaces within the wider development framework.  North of Tilbury Road (2.71ha): adjoining multi-storey flats and surrounding an areas used for outdoor sports – Burnham Road Playing Fields.  East of Axdane, Bondane, Caldane and Dibsdane (2.59ha), and land around the Courts, Orchard Park (2.17ha): these areas act as spaces incidental to the design of courts housing and also land provided as open space around multi-storey flats.  Zeals Garth (2.04ha) - similar to space at Tilbury Road this is an area of land adjoining multi-storey flats and therefore can be seen partly as provision of open space to serve these. These represent the larger amenity spaces and provide a picture of the types of spaces that exist and how these compare to parks of comparable size in terms of the role they might play. In total a further 263 amenity spaces exist across the city.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 83 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 9.5: Location of Amenity Greenspace

As for Parks, the Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 (OSNER) seeks to determine if there are adequate Amenity Green Spaces in Hull through analysis of quantity and accessibility. Analysis is based on identified local standards included in Table 9.3 below: Table 9.3: Quantity of Amenity Green Space by Local Standards

Existing Existing Recommended Surplus / Provision provision (ha / Local Standard Deficit 1000 people) of provision (ha / 1000 people) Amenity Green 187 ha 0.73 0.67 14.87 ha surplus Space

Table 9.3 shows that overall Hull has a surplus of amenity green space. To assess accessibility the OSNER uses local accessibility standards which are a 10 minute walk (480 metres) for amenity green space and 20 minute walk (960 metres) for parks. Figure 9.6 maps the accessibility of amenity spaces to existing residential population in Hull, based on a 10 minute walk time. This indicates parts of the city which have adequate access to parks in green, and those which do not in red to yellow. The highest deficits are in the Wyke, West and Park area. However, it should be noted that other open spaces exist in these areas, such as East Park, Pearson Park and Pickering Park.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 84 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 9.6 Accessibility of Amenity Green Space

Source: Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014

9.2.5 Play Areas The Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 (OSNER) notes that there are 92 facilities for children (under 12 years old) and 43 facilities for young people (over 12 years old) in and around Hull. The consensus from discussions with HCC Parks and Open Space Officers is that there is sufficient number of play areas across the city. However the OSNER seeks to confirm if there are adequate play areas in Hull based on identified local standards included in the Table 9.4 below: Table 9.4: Quantity of Children and Young People’s Facilities by Local Standards

Existing Existing Recommended Surplus / Provision provision (ha / Local Standard Deficit 1000 people) of provision (ha / 1000 people) Children’s play 7.89 ha 0.031 0.030 0.16 ha surplus facility Young People’s 5.69 ha 0.022 0.023 0.24 ha deficit facility

Table 9.4 shows that Hull has a small surplus in play facilities for children and a small deficit of facilities for young people.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 85 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The OSNER then considers the accessibility of the open spaces. The local accessibility standards are a 10 minute walk (480 metres) for children’s play areas and 15 minute walk (720 metres) for young people facilities. Figure 9.7 maps the accessibility of children’s play facilities to existing residential population in Hull. There appears to be good provision across part of Riverside, most of the North Carr area, and part of the Park and Northern areas. The evidence suggests that there are deficits across much of the Wyke and West areas. Figure 9.7 Accessibility of Children’s Facilities

Source: Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014 Figure 9.7 maps accessibility of young people’s facilities and demonstrates that there are good levels of provision in Park and East areas. There are deficits across much of the western half of the city (Wyke, West, Riverside, Northern), as well as the northern portion of North Carr.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 86 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 9.8 Accessibility of Young People’s Facilities

Source: Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014 Through discussions with HCC Parks and Open Space Officers it was noted that there is a concern over the quality of many of the existing children’s play areas and young people facilities. It was also noted that there are budgetary issues overtaking quality issues due to reduced capital funding and availability of funding through Section 106 contributions to open space provision. There are some play areas where the play area surfacing is still tarmac, rather than a softer material (e.g. Buckingham Street). However the main difficulty with the provision of new play areas is not the upfront capital cost, but the shortfall in the available revenue to maintain them. HCC have attempted to reduce maintenance costs by requesting that developers should either provide a minimum 10 year commuted sum to maintain new facilities provided as part of new development or be required to maintain them through a management agreement with residents.

9.2.6 Allotments The Open Space and Natural Environment Review identifies that there are 26 allotment sites across the city, with a total of 1625 active plots. Recent changes have been made to the waiting list for allotments across the city, to reduce the numbers of people on the list who may have registered an interest some time ago and no longer require an allotment. The current waiting list for allotments is down to around 480 people. The current annual rate for an allotment is £54 per annum.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 87 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Through discussion with HCC Parks and Open Space Officers it was confirmed that there are no major quality issues on the allotments. The Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 seeks to confirm if there is sufficient allotment provision in Hull. This is based on the local standard included in Table 9.5 below: Table 9.5: Quantity of Allotments by Local Standards

Existing Existing Recommended Surplus / Provision provision (ha / Local Standard Deficit 1000 people) of provision (ha / 1000 people) Allotments 55 ha 0.21 0.24 -6.84 ha deficit

Table 9.5 shows that Hull has a slight deficit of allotments. The local accessibility standard is a 20 minute walk (960 metres). Figure 9.9 maps the existing residential population in Hull and shows the parts of the city that have adequate access to allotments in green, and those that do not in red to yellow. Figure 9.5 demonstrates that there is sufficient provision within the West and Wyke areas and on the eastern side of the East and Park areas. Otherwise there appear to be deficits across most of the rest of the city, particularly in Northern, North Carr and Riverside areas. Figure 9.9 Accessibility of Allotments

Source: Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014 One pertinent issue with the quantity standards is that these do not necessarily reflect demand. The table below summarises the allotment waiting lists for Hull

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 88 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

by postcode area. The largest number of people waiting for an allotment is in the HU5 area. This postcode area largely coincides with the Wyke area, which is also the area that has the highest provision of allotments already. However, this does not take into account the differing population sizes of the postcode areas. The final column in the Table 9.6 takes existing population into account.

Table 9.6: Allotment Waiting List per Postcode Area

Postcode Numbers on the Hull residents in postcode Number waiting per allotment waiting area (ONS 2013 mid-year 1000 residents list estimates) HU1 12 3,542 3.39 HU2 13 4,011 3.24 HU3 31 27,483 1.13 HU4 23 20,074 1.15 HU5 161 48,262 3.34 HU6 55 32,512 1.69 HU7 60 42,298 1.42 HU8 80 34,631 2.31 HU9 42 42,763 0.98 HU11 2 1,930 1.04 Total 479 257,506 1.86

The number of people waiting for an allotment per 1000 residents is illustrated on the Figure 9.10 below. The highest demand for allotments per 1000 residents is the HU1 area, which covers the City Centre. This is closely followed by the HU2 area, which is just north of the city centre. These areas have virtually no allotment provision at the moment. They are also the smallest areas in terms of geographic size, indicating that the areas are densely built-up with little garden space.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 89 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Figure 9.10: Number of people waiting for an allotment per 1000 residents

9.3 Planned Schemes

9.3.1 Overview A number of strategies and plans have been adopted, or are still being prepared by the Council and its partners. These provide a clear guide to which projects to take forward within the Infrastructure Study Schedule. The following section sets out details of these projects. For the adopted Area Action Plans, planned projects are reviewed taking account of those completed and also those projects that have potentially been superseded by changed circumstances within these areas. Both the NaSA and Holderness Road Corridor AAPs were prepared to inform significant regeneration plans linked to the Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder. With the demise of this and with a change in funding, projects have been adapted or changed accordingly. Some local priorities for open space have also been identified by Area Committees and the main projects are set out within this section.

9.3.2 The City Plan and Public Realm Strategy The City Leadership Board, a partnership between the Council and a range of businesses and organisations, have developed a City Plan which was endorsed by the Council in May 2013. The Plan sets out a clear goal and ambitions for the city over the next 10 years, particularly under the strategic objective of making the city a ‘World Class Visitor Destination’, as expressed through a Public Realm Strategy.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 90 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The Council have announced a capital investment programme for schemes that will support the initial priorities of the City Plan. In terms of open space and public realm this refers to: City Centre Public Realm – Phases 1-3 (see Reference: G1, in Table 15.1) This will seek to ensure that key visitor destination elements of the Council’s City Plan are met, particularly those which will play an important role in the city’s preparations for hosting the title of ‘UK City of Culture 2017’, and to support its ongoing legacy. A City Centre Public Realm Strategy document has been published which focuses on improving key pedestrian routes and open spaces, the strategy aims to increase footfall and boost Hull’s status as a visitor destination. The proposed works are aimed at major refurbishment of the key streets and public areas with high quality natural stone paving materials, increasing urban forestry and integrating public art throughout. The main areas of focus are:  Paragon Square, Jameson Street and King Edward Street, to improve the gateway to the city, to rationalise street furniture, to create small and large squares along the streets.  Waltham Street.  and Beverley Gate.  Queens Gardens Rose Bowl and entrance.  Queens Gardens Phase 2.  Market Square (adjacent to Holy Trinity Church.  Fruit Market.  Whitefriargate / Lane. Beverley Road Heritage Investment (see Reference: G2, in Table 15.1) In early 2014, Hull City Council was awarded development funding of £69,900 from the Heritage Lottery Fund (HLF) to develop a Stage 2 bid for a Townscape Heritage scheme on Beverley Road (focussing on the south end of the road, up to the junction of Queens Road/Sculcoates Lane). A successful bid will bring in an additional £1.6m of HLF funding for conservation works to historic buildings and the historic townscape along Beverley Road. This would be matched by £457,000 from HCC. The scheme would offer conservation deficit grants to property owners as well as funding frontage and boundary improvements, and training, learning and engagement activities. The Stage 2 bid needs to be submitted to the HLF in February 2015. A decision is expected by September 2015. Pearson Park Heritage Investment (see Reference: G3, in Table 15.1) The Council has submitted a round 1 bid to the HLF for Parks for People funding to repair and rejuvenate Pearson Park, Hull’s first ‘People’s Park’. The planned improvements include reinstating the original features of the Victorian park. A Steering Group has been established to oversee activity and progress. To progress the bid to round 2, which is the development phase, will require the works identified during round 1 to be further developed, resulting in the production of a comprehensive and fully costed delivery and implementation plan

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 91 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

ready for submission to the HLF in August 2015. If successful, the bid will attract a total of £2.34m Parks for People funding over a 3 year period (£156,000 for scheme development and £2.2m for delivery), the Wyke Area Committee has committed £17,400 match funding for the scheme development and the Council provided within its Capital programme further match funding of £243,000 for delivery. Completion of this project is expected by June 2017. Two further projects have been put forward by Wyke Area Committee in relation to the wider regeneration of Pearson Park, including repair and reuse of the historic East Lodge and also the enhancement of the wildlife garden.

9.3.3 Newington and St Andrews (NaSA) AAP A number of schemes are included within the NaSA Area Action Plan to create or improve open spaces. The most significant proposal was to connect a number of fragmented spaces through a new green corridor or ‘Green lung’, connecting West Park to the north, through the area of the former Boulevard Rugby Ground, to Massey Street Fields at the south of the NaSA area. West Park (see Reference: G4, in Table 15.1): Under the former Housing Market Renewal programme and in the adopted Area Action Plan, West Park was identified as one of the key area-based priorities in Hull. Extensive community consultation was carried out to establish what the local community would like to see delivered within the park. This resulted in the production of a West Park Master Plan. Unfortunately, following the loss of HMR funding in 2010, these proposals were put on hold. Some work was previously undertaken in 2010 when a new entrance to the park was delivered, which also included new footpaths and lighting leading to the stadium. There is now an opportunity to invest in West Park using Section 106 monies secured through the ongoing renewal led development programme in the Newington Ward. A new programme of investment is planned for West Park to improve the existing furniture and facilities within the park, to build on what was achieved in 2010. The next stage of the scheme is to revisit the existing master plan to identify the key investment priorities, and then work with key partners and stakeholders to define a scope of investment and work a programme of delivery through to completion. This scheme currently has potential funding in the region of £1.2million from s106 monies generated within the area. This will cover initial phases but there may be scope for further work depending on further funding being secured. Massey Fields (see Reference: G5, in Table 15.1): The AAP identified the need for improvements to Massey Park. Some works have been undertaken on the site although there is still scope for further provision. Riverside Area Committee have stated that they wish to have the park as a main focus for facilities in this area. The Community Infrastructure Levy, Ward Budget and HCC capital funding could be targeted to fund this work, which is estimated to cost £100,000. At the Amy Johnson site (see Reference: G6, in Table 15.1) a new green square will be provided as part of the housing scheme that is under development. An area of new allotment space will also be provided to the west of the site, delivering a total of 21 plots.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 92 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Riley College Site (see Reference G7, in Table 15.1): A playing field is to be retained and enhanced to the south of new housing development, providing a community park with Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Play (NEAP) facility. This will link the development through a Linear Park to a space created at the north of the site for a nature reserve. Most of the space is now provided. Wellsted Street (see Reference G8, in Table 15.1): Development proposals in this location were shown as having potential to provide new greenspace. The development is no longer planned to go ahead, although there remains pressure from the Area Committee for open space facilities to be provided or improved in this location. The AAP identifies various existing Greenspace across the NaSA area which is designated to be improved. It is not clear what improvements are required and how these would be delivered.

9.3.4 Holderness Road Corridor AAP

Overview The Holderness Road AAP considers three focus areas where specific projects are identified for open space creation or improvement. The AAP presented a delivery programme of infrastructure requirements including a number of open space and public realm projects. Some of these have been delivered already, and some have been superseded by changed circumstances. Significant changes have occurred to the detailed plans and allocations put forward through the AAP, reflecting the removal of the Housing Market Pathfinder funding. Remodelling and regeneration of the housing areas is continuing but some projects identified within the AAP schedule are no longer relevant or feasible. Those remaining will be delivered either through existing S106 agreements alongside key developments, or through alternative funding, including CIL where there is a clear gap in funding. Where projects remain valid, they are then referenced and appear in the schedule of infrastructure projects at the end of the chapter.

Ings Focus Area At Ings, the plan states that 10ha of accessible, safe, high quality open space will be provided and / or improved in the focus area. The Ings Area plans revolve around demolition and redevelopment of Caspon properties providing opportunity to improve the quantity and quality of smaller greenspaces, as well as maximising the contribution that is made by the three existing parks/ spaces of Grasby, Bluebell Fields and Ings Park. Specific projects referenced are: Grasby Park / Bellfield Avenue (see Reference G9, in Table 15.1): The AAP identifies a need to improve and upgrade play equipment in Grasby Park and improve the entrance to the park from Bellfield Avenue. Consultation with Hull Area Committees has confirmed this as a priority for funding. The Community Infrastructure Levy, Ward Budget and HCC capital funding could be targeted to fund this work, which has been estimated to cost around £1.2 million. Bluebell Fields (see Reference G10, in Table 15.1): The AAP identifies a need to prioritise investment that maintains the informal nature of the space. Specific projects seek to upgrade boundaries, provide new footpaths / surfacing, high

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 93 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

quality lighting and informal soft landscape works to enhance a semi-natural character. The AAP also proposes an extension to Bluebell Fields along the its eastern edge and to create an east west link through the new housing development, including footpath treatments, lighting, soft landscaping and tree planting.. The Community Infrastructure Levy, Ward Budget and HCC capital funding and private developer funding could be targeted to fund this work, which is estimated to cost £2 million.

Preston Road Focus Area The AAP identified a lack of formal greenspace within the Preston Road focus area. The AAP refers to provisions of new spaces and new green links to create a strong green space network joining to other parts of the wider AAP area, the intention, to improve the sense of place and strengthen the sense of community. Foredyke School was planned to be relocated within the AAP with reshaping of its playing fields to accommodate new housing. The school is now due to be rebuilt on the existing site and the existing playing fields will be retained. Land which had been designated within a so called ‘Transformational Project’ for new greenspace will not be taken forward at the scale proposed. This is partly because substantial open space will be retained at Foredyke Playing Fields. Hull College have constructed a Construction Skills Centre on Portobello Street – this was not identified by the AAP. Land to the rear of this has been retained as allotment space. The AAP refers to a Village Green (see Reference G11, in Table 15.1) to be created at Marfleet Village to provide for the growing residential population in new houses. A recent planning permission suggests a reconfigured approach with two smaller and separated spaces, including retention of the existing bowling green. The proposed scheme also includes the buffer area that the AAP states would be required between housing off Cyprus Street, and employment uses to the north. The Marfleet Lane Wildlife Area has been created. The AAP refers to two relatively small existing green spaces at Ryehill Grove which are identified for landscaping to act as key nodal points and to improve setting. It is unclear whether these will proceed. Two new open spaces are proposed within the AAP at Ganstead Grove (see Reference G12, in Table 15.1) and at the Grief site (see Reference G13, in Table 15.1). These are both expected to be taken forward as part of the wider housing development schemes within which they are located. The AAP refers to a large area of land called ‘The Lozenge’. This is a natural / semi natural space between Southcoates Lane and Holderness Drain. A pathway runs along the north of the site which is part of the old Withernsea Railway route. The suggestion of the AAP is that improvements to the space could bring better use of an underutilised resource. It is not clear whether specific project plans are being brought forward for the site. The AAP refers to a number of public realm improvements for the area. The majority of these relate to improving linkages between different areas and facilities, many along existing routes. The most significant of these is the important contribution of Holderness Drain (see Reference G14, in Table 15.1).

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 94 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

This forms a significant green route through the area but has substantial scope as a space in its own right, providing for pedestrian and cycle routes. The AAP also recognised the importance of providing new linkages across the drain to promote better linkages between different parts of the Preston Road area, and prevent the drain acting as a barrier.

Holderness Road and New Bridge Road Focus Area The approach of the AAP to this area is to address an imbalance of access to and quality of open green space. It identifies the following projects as facilitating this. The former David Lister School (see Reference G15, in Table 15.1) has now been cleared as a site for a mix of development, providing older people’s houses, and an integrated care centre. The AAP indicates that an element of formal green space will be provided as part of the development. An existing area of green space is identified at New Bridge Road and Sherburn Street (see Reference G16, in Table 15.1) within the AAP as offering potential for improvements. It currently has fencing and seating on parts and is split between four sides of a junction. Riverside Area Committee have emphasised the continuing need for improvements to this space. The AAP also refers to a number of public realm improvements – the majority of these involve improvements to routes and parking and providing links through the area. Area Committees have given support to the continuing need to implement some of these schemes. The AAP identifies the East Park entrance (see Reference G17, in Table 15.1) as a focus for a high quality environmental improvement scheme to provide a focal point for the park as a landmark, and to improve pedestrian linkages. There are no requirements for any major improvements at East Park itself.

9.3.5 Kingswood AAP The AAP considers different ‘development and improvement’ areas. For the Wawne View area a Multi-Functional Park (7-8 ha) (see Reference G18, in Table 15.1) is planned incorporating a rerouted and landscaped Engine Drain, wetland planting, a small wood, skate/BMX park overlooked by the Local Centre, allotments, and informal playing field large enough for football or rugby, a MUGA and play area. New Greenways are also proposed within this area of Kingswood. Within the Riverbank (see Reference G19, in Table 15.1) development area and as part of the flood defences necessary within this area, 4.7ha of public open space is proposed as part of flood storage areas. Related to proposals in the AAP the North Carr Area Committee has also put forward proposals for improvements within Bude Park and at Wilberforce Wood. This includes improving links between Bude Park and the spine path that runs between housing developments that will link up with the proposed park put forward in the AAP. The AAP has also put forward proposals for improvements within Bude Park and at Wilberforce Wood and the North Carr Area Committee have expressed support

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 95 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

for directing funding to these projects. This includes improving links between Bude Park and the spine path that runs between housing developments that will link up with the proposed park put forward in the AAP. (see Reference: G19a, in Table 15.1)

9.3.6 Other Open Space Improvement A number of other projects have been identified as Area Committees have considered how they realign spending priorities as the Council considers the change towards CIL as a mechanism for pooling of developer contributions towards infrastructure needs. The Council have successfully operated a system of contributions towards meeting open space and play space needs where these have not been provided within a development scheme. This has been done through Section 106 agreements. As the CIL Regulations will prevent the use of S106 in this way after April 2015 the Council is seeking to adopt a CIL Charging Schedule, and to support this process the Area Committees have identified within an overall schedule how they intend to continue their approach to meeting local priorities. The Council’s Cabinet have agreed that Area Committees will be responsible for directing the spend of 25% of CIL receipt, in line with what the CIL regulations suggest for distribution to Parish Councils, so as to provide a local dimension to infrastructure provision. Some Area Committee priorities align directly with AAP priorities where these cover their area and these are referred to above in the consideration of AAP projects. Other Area Committee priorities are identified below: Pickering Park (see Reference G20, in Table 15.1): A ‘Friends Group’ works on improvement projects in the park and raise money / bid for funding to carry out the improvements. The group have plans for additional play equipment are currently securing funding. There is also a requirement to improve the toilet and educational facilities. The cost of these works are estimated at approximately £700,000. This scheme currently has no committed funding. However KHCC are investigating funding options including fund raising by the friends group and the potential use of CIL. A HLF bid is also being prepared for submission in 2015. Peter Pan Park (see Reference G21, in Table 15.1): The Friends of Peter Pan Park are currently developing a masterplan for this park, which includes developing a facility for open air concerts and performance arena, new car parking facilities and improvements to toilet facilities. The Community Infrastructure Levy and Heritage Lottery funding will be targeted to fund this work, which is estimated to cost £300,000. Wymersley Park / Springhead (see Reference G22, in Table 15.1): A proposal has been put forward to provide an artificial grass area within the park to improve the use of areas that currently are underused due to waterlogging. A masterplan is being prepared for Alderman Kneeshaw Park (see Reference: G23, in Table 15.1) to support improvement works, with a specific project identified for the creation of a water play area with an estimated cost of £107,000. Barbara Robson Park (see Reference G24, in Table 15.1): A proposal has been put forward for improvements to the park entrance and boundary fencing, together with children’s play equipment and park furniture.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 96 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Five sites have been put forward to support nature conservation (see Reference: G25, in Table 15.1). Land at Coronation Road North has been put forward as having potential for a nature reserve / community green space on the site of the former Council education centre. Land at Hamling Way, south of the former Birds Eye site, has also been put forward as a nature area with support from the Yorkshire Wildlife Trust. It has been suggested that Loglands Wildlife Zone to the north of Sutton Parks golf course is in need of improvements. Potential exists within Bude Park to create and improve wildlife habitats and access. At Noddle Hill nature reserve a proposal has been put forward to provide a pathway including water crossing through the reserve to improve access, particularly from North Bransholme across Foredyke Stream (Drain). There is also a proposal to create a maze adjacent to the reserve. The General Cemetery (see Reference G26, in Table 15.1) in the west of the city has been identified by Wyke Area Committee as having potential for improvements to the woodland areas and pathways to promote greater use of the space to encourage health and education benefits. Area Committees have identified a need for general improvements for a number of open spaces (see Reference G27, in Table 15.1) including at Western Gailes Way, Ings Playing fields, Chevin Village Green at Camberwell Way, Ark Royal Open Space, Howdale Road Field, Nidderdale Meadow, south of Cumbrian Way, and Hedon Road Memorial Gardens.

9.3.7 Play Areas HCC are continuously seeking to improve play areas across the City. However this is based on the availability of funding. There is no specific programme or schedule for improving specific play areas. A number of improvements to existing play areas and creation of new play areas have been identified through dialogue with the Hull Area Committees (see Reference G28, in Table 15.1). In particular they have identified Celandine Close Park, Buckingham Street Play Park, Barnsley Street Play Park, Edinburgh Street Community Centre, John Hadland Park, Mayville Avenue, East Park Play Area, Lindengate Avenue, Blandford Cycle Gym, Langsett Play Park, within Bude Park, within Heartlands Park, within amenity land at Stroud Crescent. Park Area Committee has identified a need for a series of Pocket Parks across Marfleet Ward to provide additional facilities for young people within this heavily populated area. They are listed in reference (G16) in the Infrastructure Delivery Programme (Table 15.1) and equate to approximately £2.1 million. The Community Infrastructure Levy, Ward Budget and HCC capital funding will be targeted to fund this work.

9.3.8 Allotments There are plans for new allotments to be created as part of the Newington AAP and the Kingswood AAP, which would be funded by the developer and managed by the Council. Northern Area Committee has also identified a need to provide new allotments in the Orchard Park/ Greenwood ward areas. These are estimated will cost £50,000. (see reference G29, in Table 15.1). The Community Infrastructure Levy, Ward Budget and HCC capital funding will be targeted to fund this work.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 97 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

9.3.9 Maintenance Through discussion with HCC Officers a future maintenance deficit of £7 million over the plan period has been identified (see Reference G18, in Table 15.1). This is the revenue funding required to maintain and improve existing play areas and parks in Hull. This deficit is linked to public sector budget constraints. It is not something that CIL funding would be able to cover, given it is an existing deficit.

9.4 Impact of Proposed Development Open Space / Public Realm and Amenity Green Spaces There will continue to be a need for other new housing developments to provide new on-site open space or play areas, where this is feasible and where there is a need, for example where development could lead to or exacerbate local deficiencies. Where on site provision is not made then developers have provided a contribution to off-site facilities through payments made through S106. The Council proposes to target CIL towards provision of open space improvements and facilities, and this could provide a proxy for the current approach to seeking contributions from developers via S106. Dialogue with Area Committees has served to inform a future plan of where future funding priorities could be, to guide the direction of future funding streams. In terms of on-going maintenance of facilities, the current model used by HCC is to either gain revenue funding for new play areas and parks or to get developers to manage play areas in new developments (for a 10 year period), as the cost of maintaining play areas (revenue) is a large proportion of the open space HCC budget. CIL regulations would allow for a proportion of funds to be used to cover maintenance as well as provision. The most significant quantity of new housing planned in the city is located at Kingswood where approximately 3,000 residential units are planned to be developed. The Kingswood AAP has sought to include the necessary provision of open space and play areas within the overall urban fabric of what is essentially an extension to the city. The masterplan includes a new park and a number of pocket play areas. It is considered that there is limited provision for plus 8 year olds and teenagers (e.g Multi use game areas (MUGA).There would need to be additional play areas (including MUGAs) and park improvements linked to the proposed new housing. In addition KHCC would need to monitor the use of parks and play areas and maintain / alter provision depending on the age of the population e.g. an increase in teenagers may mean that traditional play areas should be converted in MUGAs / or other appropriate provision.

9.5 Delivery and Responsibility Funding for open space / play areas will generally come from:  KHCC capital and revenue budgets.  Heritage Lottery.  S106 contributions – or provision on site (requirements are set out in planning documents).

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 98 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Community Infrastructure Levy

9.6 Summary of Green Infrastructure and Open Space The Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 and dialogue with the HCC Officers has identified an overall deficit in the quantity of children’s play areas (under 12 year olds) and allotments. There is adequate provision of parks / amenity green space and young people facilities (over 12 year olds). Provision clearly varies geographically and analysis has indicated where any deficiencies exist. This analysis is based on calculations of physical accessibility measuring distance to different types of spaces. It therefore does not take account of demand and so has to be seen as indicative and read alongside how other processes are identifying needs, particularly for capital and revenue spending over coming years. Significant plans have been put in place through the NaSA and Holderness Road Corridor AAPs, or are emerging in the Kingswood AAP and through the City Plan, for development and investment in the city and these will have a direct or indirect impact on how future spaces are provided across areas of the city. Planned schemes have been set out above and these are set out in section 9.3 and table 16.1. The assessment of planned schemes and those identified as priorities for local investment by Area Committees suggests an overall funding gap of around £10m, taking account of what has already been committed to projects. In addition to this funding, a projected spend of £7m is required over the next ten years to halt the decline and address the maintenance issues of existing open space provision across the city. This figure is based on estimated maintenance costs of £250k over ten years in each of the city’s ten major parks and playing fields and £50k over ten years in 90 playgrounds and amenity sites. HCC has no specific budget with which to facilitate much needed improvements to the city’s parks and open spaces. HCC will monitor the use of parks and play areas and maintain / alter provision depending on the age of the population e.g. an increase in teenagers may mean that traditional play areas should be converted in MUGA’s or other appropriate provision. Based on this monitoring, HCC will continue to improve and manage their play areas and parks through HCC capital and revenue funding and any available external funding. The schemes set out in section 9.3 and Infrastructure Delivery Programme in Table 15.1 will seek to improve the provision of all open space and play areas and create new facilities. The aim of these works is to provide the necessary play areas to meet locally set quantity and accessibility standards.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 99 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 9.1: Summary of Open Space Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further details)

Lead Strategic / delivery Place agency / Shaping or Delivery Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme manageme Cost Enabling mechanism Phasing funding nt Infrastructur organisatio e n

HCC Capital funding / LEP City Centre / Holy Trinity Short Place G1 Public Realm HCC / Bids to HLP £23,700,000 term(1-3 £6,000,000 Shaping (Phases 1-3) & Arts years) funding bodies

HCC Capital funding / Beverley Road Short Place HLF/ No identified G2 Heritage HCC £2,794,000 term(1-3 Shaping External gap Investment years) project funding

Short to Peason Park HCC Capital Place Medium G3 Heritage HCC funding / £3,008,000 £410,000 Shaping term (1-6 Investment HLF / CIL years)

£3,501,270 Short to Place (£1,200,000 Medium G4 West Park HCC S106 £2,272,033 Shaping through term (1-6 S106) years)

Short Place CIL, Ward G5 Massey Fields HCC £150,000 term(1-3 £150,000 Shaping Budget, HCC years)

Short Amy Johnson Place Private No identified G6 On site Unknown term(1-3 Greenspace Shaping Developer gap years)

Short term(1-3 Riley College Place Private years) No identified G7 On site Unknown site Shaping Developer Mostly gap complete d.

Wellstead Street S106 Short (site of former Place G8 HCC (£112,586 £300,000 term(1-3 £187,414 Constable Street Shaping from S.106) years) School)

Grasby Park / Place CIL, Ward G9 Bellfield HCC Unknown Unknown Unknown Shaping Budget, HCC Avenue

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 100 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Medium Place CIL, Ward G10 Bluebell Fields HCC Unknown term (3-6 TBC Shaping Budget, HCC years)

Village Green, Place Private No identified G11 Marfleet On site Unknown Unknown Shaping Developer gap Village

Ganstead Grove Place Private No identified G12 On site Unknown Unknown housing site Shaping Developer gap

Grief site Place Private No identified G13 On site Unknown Unknown (housing) Shaping Developer gap

Holderness Place CIL, Ward G14 HCC Unknown Unknown Unknown Drain, Linkages Shaping Budget, HCC

Former David Place Private No identified G15 Lister School On site Unknown Unknown Shaping Developer gap site

Newbridge Short to Road / Sherburn Place CIL, Ward Medium G16 HCC £350,000 £350,000 Street Shaping Budget, HCC term (1-6 greenspace years)

Medium East Park Place CIL, Ward to long G17 HCC Unknown Unknown Entrance Shaping Budget, HCC term (6+ years)

On site Short to Kingswood - Place Private developer Medium No identified G18 Wawne View £2,490,000 Shaping Developer funding and term (1-6 gap Open Space S106 years)

On site Short to Kingswood - Place Private developer Medium No identified G19 Riverbank Open £663,000 Shaping Developer funding and term (1-6 gap Space S106 years)

Short to CIL, HLF, Place Medium G20 Pickering Park HCC 'Friends' Fund £800,000 £800,000 Shaping term (1-6 raising years)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 101 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Short to CIL, HLF, Place Medium G21 Peter Pan Park HCC 'Friends' Fund £300,000 £300,000 Shaping term (1-6 raising years)

Short to Wymersley / Place Medium G22 Springhead HCC CIL £92,430 £92,430 Shaping term (1-6 Park years)

Short to Alderman Place Medium G23 HCC CIL, S106 £107,460 £27,285 Kneeshaw Park Shaping term (1-6 years)

CIL, Ward Short to budgets, Barbara Robson Place Medium G24 HCC S106, Unknown Unknown Park Shaping term (1-6 external years) grants

Ward Budgets, Short to Nature S106, Place Medium G25 Conservation HCC Community £375,000 £375,000 Shaping term (1-6 Sites Budget, years) external grants, CIL

Short to Improvements Place Ward Budget, Medium G26 to 'General HCC £30,000 £25,000 Shaping CIL term (1-6 Cemetery' years)

Short to General Open Place CIL, Private Medium G27 Space HCC £165,000 £165,000 Shaping Developer term (1-6 Improvements years)

Short to Improvements CIL Place Medium G28 and replacement HCC Private £1,500,000 £1,400,000 Shaping term (1-6 of play facilities Developer years)

Short to Allotment Place CIL, Private Medium G29 HCC £50,000 £50,000 provision Shaping Developer term (1-6 years)

Total £40,376,160 £12,604,162

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 102 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Outdoor Sport and Recreation

10.1 Data Sources This section covers provision of sports and recreation including playing pitches. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Playing Pitch Strategy, 2011 to 2021.  Open Space 2013 Position Statement.  Discussion with Community Safety Department.

10.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose

10.2.1 Playing Pitch Strategy, 2011 The provision of outdoor sports facilities in the City has been assessed through the Hull Playing Pitch Strategy (2011). This covers most organised outdoor sports including football, rugby league, rugby union, cricket, hockey, baseball, rounders, tennis, bowls and American football. It details the extent of the quality and quantity of grass and synthetic playing surfaces accessible to the general public in Kingston upon Hull and their ability to meet the needs of the users. Future demand projections have been made based on anticipated population growth and expected increases in participation in individual sports. The Playing Pitch Strategy will help inform the Council’s decision-making process for the management and proposed enhancement of its outdoor sports pitch provision including utilisation within the planning process where appropriate. This will enable informed decisions as to future provision both in quantity and quality of facilities. Based on the Playing Pitch Strategy current playing pitch provision per Committee Area is shown in Table 10.1 and location and distribution is mapped in Figure 10.1 below: Table 10.1: Publicly accessible sports provision by Committee Area (2010)

Pitch Committee Area East North Northern Park Riverside West Wyke Totals Carr Bowling Greens 2 0 3 4 4 2 3 18 Tennis courts (Grass) 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 6 Tennis Court (Hard) 0 0 4 6 0 0 4 14 Cricket 1 1 6 3 0 4 3 18 Athletics 7 8 7 7 5 6 3 43 Rounders 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 4 Baseball 5 6 8 5 13 7 5 49

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 103 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Mini Football 15 6 6 4 5 3 5 44 Junior Football 19 21 36 22 3 28 12 141 Senior Football 6 4 7 13 3 5 7 45 Senior Rugby League 4 3 0 0 1 0 0 8 Junior Rugby League 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3 Senior Rugby Union 2 0 3 4 4 2 3 18

It can be seen that the majority of sports facilities in Hull are fairly evenly distributed across six of the seven committee areas, however the North Carr and Riverside Areas contain significantly fewer types of outdoor sports facilities than other areas of the city. These statistics refer to the quantity and not the quality of provision which varies significantly. Figure 10.1: Distribution of outdoor sports facilities in Hull

Source: Playing Pitch Strategy, 2011 The Playing Pitch Strategy notes that there are a large number of teams that play at sites outside the City boundaries that have players who are City residents. Clubs

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 104 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

with teams playing at Bilton, Cottingham, Dane Park and at the BP Ground at Saltend, all have significant numbers of players from the City. It is also notable that these Clubs are some of the most successful in the area, emphasising the lack of higher level amateur facilities within the City.

10.2.2 Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 In 2014, HCC produced an Open Space and Natural Environment Review. This differs from the review of facilities provided by the Playing Pitch Strategy which uses the Sport England methodology and counts number of pitches by type of sport. The OSNER assesses provision by quantity and overall size of facility (not number of pitches) and seeks to assess accessibility of facilities against locally identified standards as shown in set out in Section 10.3. The OSNER uses a different classification and so, while offering a more up to date position, it is not directly comparable to the Playing Pitch Strategy and does not supersede its analysis. The Open Space and Natural Environment Review identifies the following provision of outdoor sports facilities in Hull (educational sites that contain sports facilities are not included in the table below). Figure 10.2: Number of Outdoor Sports Facilities

Sports Type Number of sites in Hull Hectares Bowling 11 3.6 Golf 3 103 Grass Pitches 53 211 Multi Use Games Area 10 0.9 Outdoor Gyms 11 0.3 Athletics 1 3.9 Synthetic Turf pitch (STP) 6 2.8 Tennis 3 1.3 Total 98 326.8

The Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 assesses whether the level of Outdoor Sports Facilities is adequate to meet the needs of the existing population. This is based on a locally derived open space standard of 1.68ha per 1000 people. The assessment of accessibility does take account of provision within educational sites. Table 10.3 shows that Hull has an overall deficit in outdoor sports facilities, even factoring in educational provision. Table 10.3: Quantum of Outdoor Sports Facilities by Local Standards

Existing Existing Recommended Surplus / Provision (ha) provision (ha / Local Standard Deficit 1000 people) of provision (ha / 1000 people) Outdoor Sports 413.28 1.60 1.68 -19.47ha Facility, plus educational sites.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 105 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The Review also considers the accessibility of the outdoor sports facilities against locally identified accessibility standards. The local accessibility standards are a 15 minute walk (720 metres) to grass pitches and a 20 minute walk (960 metres) to tennis, bowls and synthetic pitches. Figure 10.2 maps the existing residential population in Hull and the varying extents of the city which have adequate access to outdoor sports provision. There is good provision in much of the Northern and West areas, and to the eastern side of East and Park areas. The largest deficit falls in the Riverside area. The Open Space and Natural Environment Review notes that when participating in formal team games, people are likely to travel as it is unlikely that all team members, and both teams involved in a match, live in the same area of the city. There is also an argument that fewer, larger grounds are preferable to more, smaller ones, since the former are more likely to sustain additional facilities such as changing rooms. This may influence any future approach to meeting deficits. Figure 10.2 Accessibility of Sports and Recreation (including School Provision).

Source: Open Space and Natural Environment Review, 2014

10.2.3 Building Schools for the Future It is clear that the Building Schools for the Future (BSF) programme has made a substantial difference to the amount and quality of provision in the city. It was seen as a once in a lifetime opportunity to deliver a strategic plan for the improvement of sports facilities on school sites. KHCC have developed Community Use Agreements to allow these facilities to be available for general use outside school hours.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 106 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Through the Hull BSF Physical Education and Sport Stakeholder group a strategic plan for the delivery of new sports facilities was developed, working with priority National Governing Bodies. As a result of this the city now has a full size, floodlit, artificial turf pitch on the majority of secondary school sites in the city. The type of artificial turf was developed looking at existing provision, the needs of priority sports and local club/school need. New Artificial Turf Pitches were delivered at the following schools:  Andrew Marvell College; St Mary’s College; Sirius Academy; Thomas Ferens Academy; Archbishop Sentamu Academy; Kingswood Academy.  Artificial Turf Pitches were already in situ at the following sec schools – Winifred Holtby and Kelvin Hall. The BSF programme also led to the delivery of a range of other facilities including winter pitches for preferred team games and overlapping summer pitches for athletics and cricket. They also provided hard surface multiuse games areas marked out for such as five a side football, netball and basketball. Schemes were planned to provide the equivalent of 7 pitches configured, as their core requirement, to meet curriculum needs. The intention was also to provide as ancillary provision; indoor changing, outdoor changing, reception area, toilets, office and storage all separate to the school to service community use. The playing pitches provided as part of the Building Schools for the Future Scheme are shown in Table 10.4. The Boulevard Academy has been built on the site of the former Boulevard Rugby Ground – this incorporates a significant area of associated playing fields and so retains a large amount of green open space albeit as playing fields to the school academy. Discussions with HCC Officers have indicated that the playing fields are available for public use.

10.2.4 Potential Remaining Issues The Sports Pitch Strategy, while written with an awareness of what was intended to be provided through BSF, was clearly unable to predict the full impact. It may therefore be sensible to review some of its findings and recommendations. It does flag up that there will remain some issues post BSF, particularly in relation to existing non-school facilities elsewhere in the city. However, given the substantial investment that has already been made in facilities through BSF there is no clear programme of future investment, the intention that further schemes for improvement or provision may be brought forward as and when opportunities arise. The Playing Pitch Strategy includes some specific findings related to the provision and quality of playing pitch provision. These findings and recommendations will, subject to appropriate revisions, continue to guide future provision and how and where this may be appropriate. The findings of the strategy are set out below:  City wide there is recognition for upgrading of playing pitches including better drainage and changing, reception, toilets, office and storage to service community use.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 107 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 There are clear maintenance issues particularly in respect of pitch provision within parks and playing fields with only bare minimum operations being carried out leading to poor quality pitches.  Quality of provision is an issue across the city particularly in respect of cricket with no provision in North East Hull.  There are football pitch deficiencies in Avenue, Myton and Newland wards.  There is a significant shortfall of provision for mini football and rugby in order to encourage the sports from a younger age.  Intermediate rugby pitch needs have been identified in order for clubs to progress to higher levels.  Provision of tennis should be improved as there is poor publicly accessible tennis court provision across the city with the exception of Pelican Park in East Hull.  There is an adequate supply of synthetic turf pitches across the city. Findings from the Open Space and Natural Environment Review (2014) indicates that this shortage has been improved by delivery of pitches as part of the Buildings School for the Future Programme.  It is clearly evident that there is no single access point for the public to book outdoor sports facilities within the city. Calls are taken through the 300300 number but the process to identify all available pitches is not clear and only a limited number of council owned facilities are on offer through this system. A more joined up approach particularly incorporating school facilities would be very beneficial in promoting the use of these pitches. The recommendations from the Playing Pitch Strategy includes: PPS 1 - All Pitches should be capable of carrying a minimum of two games per week throughout the season, without excessive loss of grass cover. Maintenance should therefore be improved to include the minimum requirements from the Sports Turf Research Institute (STRI) as detailed in Appendices PPS 2 – A single access point should be available for the public to book outdoor sports facilities within the city. A more joined up approach particularly incorporating school facilities would be very beneficial in promoting the use of these pitches. PPS 3 - All sites where there is community use of pitches should be provided with appropriate changing accommodation with shower facilities. PPS 4 - Provision should be increased for mini and junior football and rugby by the establishment of a network of smaller sized pitches in accordance with governing body recommendations. PPS 5 - Mini and junior football and rugby for teams and clubs without their own grounds should be encouraged to develop 'home grounds' at schools sites rather than on public parks to maximise the use of existing facilities. PPS 6 - A network of training facilities with surfaces suitable for football, rugby and cricket should be established throughout the City. These surfaces should ideally be floodlit and fenced and supported by appropriate changing facilities with showers.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 108 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

PPS 7 – Due to predicted increase in demand for Rugby League and Football as outlined through the Playing Pitch Model, an increase in the number of pitches needs to be accommodated over the next 10 years. PPS 8 – Improvement in the quality of cricket provision is required to promote and encourage the sport within the city PPS 9 – Access to tennis courts should be improved allowing the public more ease of entry into the sport through working closely with the Lawn Tennis Association (LTA) PPS 10 – The strategy and its findings should be used to help direct monies for the specific benefit of improved playing pitch provision. The strategy should also be used as the foundation from which to build proposals for development that will attract external funding.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 109 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 10.4 Sports Pitches per School Sites (available for public use)

t

d

t

d

s t ewland School for for School ewland irl orthcot Malet Lamber Marvell Andrew Kingswoo Endike Christopher Pickering Primary Oakfiel Ferens Thomas Hull Trinity House N G St. Mary's Bridgeview Holmes Frederick House Fountain N Mum's Schoolgirl's Uni Ashwell School School & Holtby Winifred Tweendykes Sentamu Archbishop Academy Sirius Academy Kelvin Hall Senior 4n 1no. 2no. 4no. 2no. 3no. 2no. 1no. 1no. 2no. Football o.

1no. 1no. Junior 2no. 2no. 1no. 2no. 2no. +1no. 1no. Gras 2no. 1no. Football Mini s 7- Senior 1n a- 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. Rugby o. side Junior 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. Rugby 400m 6 8 athletics 7 lane 8 lane 6 lane 7 lane 1no. 1no. 1no. lane lane track 80m 6 6 running 1no. la lane straight ne

100m 6l 1no. 6 7 Running 1no. 1no. an 8 lane 1no. 1no. infor lane lane straight e mal 1no. 1n 1no. (7 (10 Wicket 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. o. wicket) wickets cricket to be square funded

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 110 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

by ECB) Cricket nets and 1no. 2no. 1no. 1no. batting cage Artificial cricket 1no. 2no. 1no. wicket Synthetic 1no. Turf 1no. Junior 1no. Pitch size 3G' Pitch 1n 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. 1no. (floodlit) o. Humber prem. Pitch 1no. with dugouts Senior 1no. Football Senior 1no. 1no. Hockey

Mini- 3no. 3no. football

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 111 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

10.3 Planned Schemes. While the BSF programme has created a substantial range of new facilities across the city it is recognised that there may still be scope for improvements or provision within the city. The Playing Pitch Strategy suggests that there remain some issues to address for certain types of facilities. However the Playing Pitch Strategy does not identify which projects or interventions could specifically address these issues. Therefore the Infrastructure Study cannot present a clear programme of requirements based on this. Some proposals have been identified through preparation of Area Action Plans. The Holderness Road Corridor AAP – Preston Road Focus Area allocated Craven Recreation Field – to provide training facilities associated with the Craven Park Stadium. This has been completed. A detailed approach to providing increased playing pitch provision in the Kingswood Area has been worked up as part of the Kingswood Area Action Plan (AAP). New and improved space playing pitches are planned within the area called Wilberforce Wood and within Bude Park. New provision could cost around £90,000 and would be covered by what is estimated will be available from S106. Improvements to existing facilities could involve significantly higher costs of around £155,000 in addition to the £90,000, bringing the total investment in playing pitches to £245,000 and it is not clear where funding could be made available for these. New changing facilities and car parking have also been identified as being required to promote better use of facilities but no funding is available at present for these. CIL funding could be used to support provision. Work will need to be prioritised to one space first to deliver the set of facilities (playing pitches improvement, new pitch, changing facilities), before proceeding to the second open space. (see Reference: S1, in Table 15.1). A number of other local priorities have been identified through discussions with Area Committees as they consider how they realign spending priorities as the Council moves towards CIL as a mechanism for pooling of developer contributions towards infrastructure needs. The following planned schemes have been identified: Pelican Park, Multi Sports Facility: (see Reference S2, in Table 15.1): Pelican Park has recently gained £300k of funding to provide multi sports facilities in the park through various S106 monies. Proposals include a new pavilion and improvements to the pitch areas. Gower Park (see Reference S3, in Table 15.1): A proposal has been identified through consultation with the West Area Committees to improve the facilities for children and young people, including, a new skate / scooter park, improvements to the Multi Use Games Area (MUGA), improved lighting, removal of the old depot building, and improvement to entrances, and paths. The total estimated cost of the improvement are £220,000. HCC have secured £25,000 towards the improvement meaning there is an outstanding funding gap of £195,000. The Community Infrastructure Levy, Ward Budget and HCC capital funding will be targeted to fund outstanding costs. Longhill Playing Fields / Frome Road Park (see Reference S4, in Table 15.1): – This includes the installation of floodlights, synthetic turf and fencing to create all weather training facility for sports teams. The cost of this scheme is still to be

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 112 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

confirmed, and it is likely that HCC will use funding and S106 contributions or CIL to deliver. Dane Park Playing Fields (see Reference S5, in Table 15.1): – Provision of new sports facilities including changing rooms and grounds improvements. King George V Playing Fields (see Reference S6, in Table 15.1): – provision of new skate bowl facilityNew Multi-use Games Area near Parks Primary School off Hall Road (see Reference S7, in Table 15.1): – Provision of Multi-use Area, at an anticipated cost of £100,000.

10.4 Impact of Proposed Development As referred to earlier there are no clear programmes for further investment in new facilities following the delivery of the facilities provided by BSF. The Open Space and Natural Environment Review considers the quantity and accessibility of the outdoor sports facilities based on locally identified accessibility standards. This helps to provide a guide of how future development may impact on the need for new facilities. The review shows that in terms of quantity of provision there remains an overall deficit of outdoor sports provision city wide. It does show that, based on Area Committee boundaries, much of the Northern and West Areas, and to the eastern side of East and Park Areas are well provided for and the largest deficit falls in the Riverside area (within the City Centre). An increase in the number of people living there could exaggerate this deficit; although people moving into this area will be able to access existing and planned facilities elsewhere as the city centre has excellent public transport links to the outdoor sports provision in the west and east of the city. The Open Space and Natural Environment Review 2014 does not take account of the quality of provision in measuring deficits and so it may be that new facilities provided are of such a high standard that this compensates for quantitative deficiencies. Discussions that have taken place during research for this study have highlighted that there is limited provision for those between 8 and teenage (e.g Multi use game areas (MUGA).There would need to be additional play areas (including MUGAs) and park improvements linked to proposed new housing. In addition KHCC would need to monitor the use of parks and play areas and maintain / alter provision depending on the age of the population e.g. an increase in teenagers may mean that traditional play areas should be converted in MUGAs / or other appropriate provision.

10.5 Delivery and Responsibility The delivery of sports pitches and provision is generally the responsibility of KHCC and Private operators or sports clubs. Funding for sports provision includes:  KHCC capital and revenue funding.  Sports England.  S106 contributions / Community Infrastructure Levy – or provision on site.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 113 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

10.6 Summary of Sports and Recreation Infrastructure Much hinges on the significant provision that has been made through the Building Schools for the Future programme for outdoor sports and recreation. This investment has been seen as offering a step change in access to facilities in the city. Beyond this there are not significant plans for further investment, with such plans to be guided by opportunities as they arise. Future plans for Kingswood do make provision for new playing fields. Local priorities have also been put forward through discussions with Area Committees Based on those projects identified there is currently an expected gaps in funding which equates to £540,000 as summarised below and included in Table 15.1

Lead Strategic / delivery Place Shaping Delivery Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme agency / Cost or Enabling mechanism Phasing funding management Infrastructure organisation

£90,000 (potential Short to Kingswood need for Potential Private Medium S1 Playing Place Shaping S106, CIL £155,000 to gap of Developer term (1-6 Fields support £245,000. years) improvements to existing.

Pelican Short to Park, Multi Medium S2 Place Shaping HCC CIL, S106 £300,000 No gap Sports term (1-6 Facility years)

Short to Gower Medium S3 Place Shaping HCC CIL, S106 £220,000 £195,000 Park term (1-6 years)

Longhill Short to Playing Medium S4 Fields / Place Shaping HCC CIL, S106 Unknown Unknown term (1-6 Frome years) Road Park

Short to Dane Park Medium S5 Playing Place Shaping HCC CIL, S106 Unknown Unknown term (1-6 Fields years)

King Short to George V Medium S6 Place Shaping HCC CIL, S106 Unknown Unknown Playing term (1-6 Fields years)

Short to Near Parks Medium S7 Primary Place Shaping HCC CIL, S106 £100,000 £100,000 term (1-6 School years) Total £865,000 £540,000

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 114 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Health Provision

11.1 Data Sources This section covers the health provision, including GP surgeries and hospitals. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  The power of partnership, LIFT in Hull, the story so far, Citycare.  Hull Joint Strategic Needs Assessment, 2012.  Hull 2020, Making a Better Future Together, Our Vision for Hull by 2020.  Rapid Health Impact Assessment, 2014.  Discussion with Jenny Walker, Public Health, Hull City Council.

11.2 Existing Infrastructure

11.2.1 Health Centres Health Services in Hull are operated by the NHS Hull Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG). There are a number of health centres providing GP provision in Hull. In recent years there has been a programme of improving and creating new health centres in Hull called the LIFT programme. The focus has been on delivering nine community health hubs across Hull, as shown on Figure 11.1 below. Figure 11.1: The Nine Community Health Hubs

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 115 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The current healthcare centres are detailed below:  Marfleet Primary Health Care Centre (completed 2005).  Newington Health Care Centre (completed 2006).  Alexandra Health Care Centre (completed 2006).  Park Health Care Centre (completed 2007).  Longhill Health Care Centre (completed 2007).  The Calvert Centre (completed 2007).  Kingswood Parks Health Centre (completed 2009).  Bilton Grange Health Centre (completed 2009).  The Orchard Centre (completed 2009)  Wilberforce Health Care Centre and drop in centre (completed 2011).  Bransholme Health Centre (Completed 2012).  Elliott Chappell Health Centre (completed 2013).  Morrill Street New Green Surgery (completed 2013).  Highland Health Centre (upgraded in early 2000s). An existing unit in the St Stephens Centre in Hull City Centre is currently being used by the Public Health team to provide information on healthcare and clinical sessions on particularly issues e.g. giving up smoking or healthy eating. This is called Health Central (aka St Stephens) and has a long lease of 10 years. Health Central does not provide GP provision services, but is a drop in centre for healthy living advice and information.

11.2.2 Hospitals There is one hospital in the boundary of Hull providing Accident and Emergency provision called the . There has been recent investment in the Hull Royal Infirmary to renovate the exterior of the tower block. The Hull and East Yorkshire Hospitals NHS Trust has reported that the renovations will mean the hospital will operate for another 20 years. The Hull and East Yorkshire Hospitals NHS Trust also operate the Castle Hill Hospital in Cottingham. This hospital does not provide accident and emergency provision but does offer some specialist services such as cancer and cardiac care. The hospital is considered to be fit for purpose.

11.3 Fit for Purpose The LIFT programme has improved the quality of the primary healthcare accommodation across the City. The CCG working with partners is now trying to deliver quality care through the new health care infrastructure through an initiative called Hull 2020. Hull 2020 is about using improving the quality and provision of health care, not about improving the building infrastructure. The Hull 2020 vision is to achieve the following by 2020:  People will experience services that fit their lifestyles and needs, designed in partnership with them.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 116 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Public organisations will work closely together to deliver services that make sense, without the waste and inefficiency that frustrate people.  The services that are important to you will be delivered by people who are trained, skilled, caring and valued in their own organisations.  Services will be provided in a coordinated way that is fair and consistent for everyone.  The people of Hull will be able to see the results for themselves. The Hull 2020 includes projects to tackle health issues in Hull, based on the following workstreams:  Workstream one: Frailty and Isolation.  Workstream two: Children and Young People.  Workstream three: Life Choices.  Workstream four: Planned Interventions.  Workstream five: Urgent Interventions. There are chronic health issues in Hull, as set out in the Joint Strategic Needs Assessment, 2012. The health issues generally relate to the high levels of deprivation in Hull. Therefore whilst the infrastructure is in place to deal with health issues, there is a recognition that there are a lot of issues to overcome. Through dialogue with Hull Public Health Team, it has been confirmed that improvements are required to increase the capacity of Hull Royal Infirmary to deal with peaks in demand and to further educate people on the appropriate use of Accidents and Emergency.

11.4 Planned Schemes As set out in section 11.2 and 11.3 significant investment has taken place to develop a network of high quality health centres in Hull. This is about how services are provided rather than the creation of new buildings to deliver health services. The next priority project is a health facility for elderly care on the former David Lister School in east Hull. HCC has agreed to gift the land to Hull Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG) as part of the Better Care Plan to transform health and social care. The 30-bed unit aims to provide a halfway house for elderly patients well enough to be discharged from Hull Royal Infirmary but not ready to return home. It could also provide specialist and out patients clinics, social care services, rehabilitation and day therapies to allow people in the east of the city to be treated closer to home. This would be funded by central government funding for health.

11.5 Impact of Proposed Development

11.5.1 Impact of Proposed Development A Health Impact Assessment (HIA) has been carried out by Hull Public Health Team Health and Member of HCC Well Being Board (Hull CCG is a member).

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 117 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

This has been carried out in relation to the Hull Local Plan, issue and options consultation in early 2014. It is noted in the HIA that it will be updated at each stage of the Local Plan to reflect any amendments in the approach in the emerging Local Plan. The HIA recognises the proposed increase in new housing in the emerging Local Plan. It is noted that an increased population will require increased health and social care services. This will be required in appropriate locations with appropriate infrastructure planning, such as access to good public transport links. However based on discussions with the Hull Public Health team it is considered that there is adequate health provision to meet the needs of the new housing based on investment in LIFT centres. However if new provision is required this will be flagged by the GP providers in Hull. The NHS North Yorkshire and Humber Area Team will then consider option for expanding existing practices or developing new facilities (see Reference: H1, in Table 15.1). Each new registered patient in Hull will mean additional funding being received directly from Central Government.

11.5.2 Healthcare Provision and Adapting to Climate Change The National Adaptation Programme (2013) recognises the substantial impact climate change poses to the health of the population and the effective delivery of public health. The Climate Change Risk Assessment identified the health risks from increased summer temperatures and overheating in buildings as posing the greatest risk, followed by the health and mental health impacts of flooding. The Programme sets out how actions to adapt to and mitigate climate change can often deliver wide benefits for health and wellbeing and cut costs. Both Objective 11 and 12 of the Programme focus on increasing preparedness and resilience to the impacts of climate change on public health. When considering the opportunities for climate adaptation of healthcare, the Programme sets out the following national actions for implementation:  Consider climate change and extreme weather events in the strategic planning process and in appraising factors that impact on the health and well-being of the local community;  Promote climate/extreme weather preparedness and resilience within the Local Health and Social Care System;  Extend the reach of the Heatwave Plan for England beyond the health sector and ensure acts to safeguard the most vulnerable and Promote and implement the Cold Weather Plan;  Integrate health impacts with other infrastructure planning;

11.6 Delivery and Responsibility The funding of additional GP and hospital provision and its procurement is controlled by the NHS North Yorkshire and Humber Area Team, whilst the quality of the services provided is the responsibility of the Hull Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG).

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 118 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Health care is funded by GP surgeries receiving a funding allocation for each registered patient. The fund is higher for the under-fives and over 75’s, and higher still for the over 85s. The level of funding received also reflects the levels of deprivation in each CCG area. GP activity will depend on the patient list size and the level of health need in the local population. It is now accepted that a single GP doctor will have between 1500 – 5000 patients on their list. The level of patients will depend on the needs of the community (e.g. how often each patient comes to the GP). However this is dependent on the level of health care required by each patient.

11.7 Summary of Health Infrastructure There has been significant investment in both health centres and hospitals in Hull over the past 10 years. Hull suffers from significant health issues linked to deprivation in the City. This is why investment has been focused on improving the health centres in the last 10 years. The focus now is on delivery of successful health services from the improved building stock. Based on discussions with the Hull Public Health team it is considered that there is adequate health provision to meet the needs of the new housing based on investment in LIFT centres. However if new provision is required this will be flagged by the GP providers in Hull. The NHS North Yorkshire and Humber Area Team will then consider option for expanding existing practices or developing new facilities. Each new registered patient in Hull will mean additional funding being received directly from Central Government. There is therefore no funding gap for the provision of health services in Hull. However, through dialogue with Hull Public Health Team, it has been confirmed that improvements are required to increase the capacity of Hull Royal Infirmary to deal with peaks in demand and to further educate people on the appropriate use of Accidents and Emergency. These improvements will be funding by NHS. Table 11.1: Summary of Healthcare Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further detail)

Strategic / Lead Place delivery Delivery Shaping or Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme agency/ Cost phasing Enabling mechanism Funding management (When) Infrastructur organisation e

Hull CCG central Provision of government funding additional Throughout H1 Enabling Hull CCG NHS North £unknown No gap GP plan period Yorkshire and provision Humber Area Team

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 119 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Emergency Services

12.1 Data Sources This section covers the emergency services provision, including ambulance, fire and rescue and police provision: The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Discussion with Lee Edwards, Chief Inspector from Humberside Police.  Humberside Fire and Rescue, Integrated Risk Management Plan 2014 – 2017.  Discussion with Chris Blacksell, Deputy Chief Fire Officer, Humberside Fire and Rescue Service (HFRS).  Discussion with Jonathan Isles from Dacre, Son and Hartley. Dacres provide estates services support to the Yorkshire Ambulance Service (YAS).

12.2 Existing Infrastructure and Fit for Purpose

12.2.1 Humberside Police Police services in Hull are provided by the Humberside Police. The police service is currently operated on a Humberside basis, with a division for each Local Authority Area within Humberside13. Division D currently provides police services in Hull. Humberside Police are changing the way they operate from 1st April 2015, as set out in section 12.3.1. The current police stations in the Hull boundary are:  HQ at Clough Road: This comprises the recently completed main police station which contains custody facilities.  Osbourne Street: the city centre police station, with neighbourhood teams working out of this facility.  Bransholme: neighbourhood policing in east hull.  Northern Police Station: neighbourhood policing to Orchard Park, North Hull and Beverley Road.  Preston Road: neighbourhood policing.  Pearson House: neighbourhood policing.  Pickering Road: neighbourhood policing.  The Hub: contains enabling services such as HR and logistic operations.  Hessle Road Police Station: a specialist crime teams  Mount Pleasant: the transport police are based here. The location of police stations are based on assessments of the ability of officers to access different types of emergency situations in either 15 minutes (immediate

13 Hull City Council, East Riding of Yorkshire, North East Lincolnshire and North Lincolnshire.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 120 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

– or extreme emergencies); 30 minutes for emergencies and other normal police enquires in 2 hours.

12.2.2 Humberside Fire and Rescue Service Fire and Rescue services in Hull are provided by the Humberside Fire and Rescue Service (HFRS). The HFRS is split into four Community Protection Units, based on the four local authorities of Kingston upon Hull, East Riding of Yorkshire, North East Lincolnshire and North Lincolnshire. The HQ for the HFRS is located in Hessle in East Riding of Yorkshire. The Control Room that deals with emergency call handling for the HFRS is located at the HQ in Hessle. There are five fire stations that serve the Hull Community Protection Unit. They are set out below, with an summary of the facilities available at each fire station:  Hull Central: 1 fire engine.  Bransholme: 1 fire engine, Equipment Support Unit, boat and 4x4 for water rescue and flooding.  Clough Road: 1 fire engine, rescue support unit and tactical response vehicle  Calvert Lane: 2 fire engines, Aerial Ladder Platform and Command Unit  East Hull: 2 fire engines (will be reducing to one in the next two years) Environmental Unit and Technical Rescue Unit. HFRS monitor risk in geographical areas based on a number of factors including housing stock, historic data and demographics. The HFRS aim to be able to attend a fire in a dwelling in low risk areas in 20 minutes, medium risk areas in 12 minutes and at a high risk area in 8 minutes on 90% of occasions. They aim to attend Road Traffic Collisions in all areas within 15 minutes on 90% of occasions. They aim to have a second fire engine at incidents within 5 minutes of the first one on 80% of occasions. They are currently performing well and exceeding all of those targets.

12.2.3 Yorkshire Ambulance Service Ambulance provision in Hull is provided by the Yorkshire Ambulance Service (YAS). YAS have carried out significant investment in their building stock in Hull to support their Hub and Spoke model of delivery. This delivery model involves the provision of a core hub for ambulance services with a number of smaller standby points or stations called hubs. There are currently two ‘Hub’ Ambulance stations on either side of the River Hull:  Hessle Road, West Hull.  Burma Drive, East Hull. A new fleet maintenance depot has been acquired at Carlton Street, Hull.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 121 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The former ambulance station at Osborne Street, in Central Hull has now closed. The ambulance station at Sutton Fields continues to operate although it is not technically a ‘hub’. There are then a number of standby points, which are spokes. There is a spoke at Hull Royal Infirmary, Bilton Grange Health Centre, Storey Street Medical Practice. The Service is required to be operate an 8 minute emergency response time. There is also ambulance provision in the East Riding, which could provide support to Hull if required, including stations at:  Preston.  Willerby.  Beverley.  Withernsea.  Hornsea.

12.3 Planned Schemes

12.3.1 Humberside Police Humberside Police are changing the way they operate from 1st April 2015. This will mean that Humberside Police will provide services across Humberside (regardless of Local Authority boundaries). This would mean that if a call came in from Cottingham and a police officer was available to take the call in Hull they would cross boundaries to do so, currently this would need to be dealt with by an East Riding of Yorkshire division police officer. The rationale for this change is to increase efficiencies and allow the service to provide police services in a more flexible manner / and map supply of staff to demand more efficiently. In reality police officers based in Hull will generally attend incidents in Hull, however the new modelling of working will provide flexibility if large incidents occur that need multiple officers or if calls is close to a Local Authority boundary. It is currently unclear how the new operating structure will impact on the requirement for individual police stations.

12.3.2 Humberside Fire and Rescue Service Central Fire Station The HFRS are currently working with HCC to agree a land swap. This would mean that the current Central Fire Station would be transferred to HCC ownership and a site on Spring Street, off Spring Bank, which is currently in HCC ownership, would be provided to HFRS (see Reference: EM1, in Table 15.1). The agreement to carry out the land swap is expected this year (2015). HFRS would then need to secure planning consent on their new site to construct a new fire

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 122 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

station. The old central station would remain open until the new station became operational and would then close and be handed over to HCC. Other Planned Schemes The current focus for HFRS is on prevention of fires and other emergencies; they do this by targeting individuals, or households, assessed as high risk. HFRS carry out modelling on a regular basis to confirm if currently fire and rescue provision is adequate. This includes data on traffic issues, historic data on fire and rescue incidents and response times to make sure that stations are in the right places in the City. This is carried out using the Fire Services Emergency Cover Tool Kit (FSEC).

12.3.3 Yorkshire Ambulance Service The Yorkshire Ambulance Service have no planned schemes.

12.4 Impact of Proposed Development

12.4.1 Humberside Police Dialogue with the police service has confirmed that the existing police stations should provide adequate coverage for the proposed development. The majority of development is in the built up area. The exception is Kingswood, which can be served from Bransholme police station. Humberside Police are consulted on major planning applications, including highway proposals. This allows them to factor development into their operating models. They will flag up any particular site by site issues through this process. Funding for new facilities is provided by:  Central Government Funding.  Council Tax.

12.4.2 Humberside Fire and Rescue Service Dialogue with the Humberside Fire and Rescue Service has confirmed that the existing fire stations should provide adequate coverage for the proposed development. The majority of development is in the built up area. The exception is Kingswood, which can be served from Bransholme fire station. HFRS are consulted on major planning applications, including highway proposals. This allows them to factor development into their operating models. They will flag up any particular site by site issues through this process. The HFRS Technical Fire Safety Team in Hull (who respond to planning consultations) are in the process of assessing the feasibility of relocating with HCC building control and planning teams. Funding for new facilities is provided by:  Central Government Funding.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 123 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Council Tax.  Fire Transformation Fund (or similar).  Revenue generated by the Community Interest Company, HFR Solutions, which is a controlled company of Humberside Fire Authority and provides a range of services including private fire and rescue services to large industrial companies.

12.4.3 Yorkshire Ambulance Service The recent upgrades to deliver the Hub and Spoke model have resulted in Hull having excellent ambulance provision. Dialogue with Dacre, Son and Hartley (Dacres), who manage the YAS property portfolio has confirmed that the existing ambulance stations (hub and spokes) should provide adequate coverage for the proposed development. Dacres responded to the HCC Issues and Options Local Plan consultation stating that the Yorkshire Ambulance Service would like to be consulted on masterplans for the large sites to confirm if ambulance services or standby / response areas are required to support their development.

12.4.4 Adapting to Climate Change The National Adaptation Programme (2013) encourages the resilience of emergency services and local responders to climate change. Objective 14, in particular, seeks to enhance the resilience of emergency services and strengthen community resilience to severe weather related events. To ensure climate change adaptation across emergency services infrastructure, the National Adaptation Programme implements the following actions:  Support community resilience through the government Community Resilience Programme;  Action Local Responders to promote and build community resilience;  Promote climate resilience and adaptation within the Ambulance Service and across the Chief Fire Officers’ Association

12.5 Summary of Emergency Service Infrastructure

12.5.1 Humberside Police Humberside Police Service provide police services in Hull. Humberside Police currently operate from a number of premise in Hull, including a HQ at Clough Road. Humberside Police are changing the way they operate from 1st April 2015. This will mean that Humberside Police will provide services across division (on Local Planning Authority) boundaries. This would mean that if a call came in from Cottingham and a police officer was available to take the call in Hull they would cross boundaries to do so, currently this would need to be dealt with by an East Riding of Yorkshire division police officer.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 124 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

The rationale for this change is to increase efficiencies and allow the service to provide police services in a more flexible manner / and map supply of staff to demand more efficiently. In reality police officers based in Hull will generally attend incidents in Hull, however the new modelling of working will provide flexibility if large incidents occur that need multiple officers or if calls come close to LPA boundaries. It is currently unclear how the new operating structure will impact on the requirement for individual police stations. There is therefore no funding gap for the provision of Police services in Hull.

12.5.2 Humberside Fire and Rescue Service (HFRS) Humberside Fire and Rescue Service (HFRS) provide the fire and rescue services in Hull. Hull is a compact city and the existing five fire stations should provide adequate coverage for the proposed development. The majority of new development is in the built up area. The exception is Kingswood, which can be served from Bransholme fire station. There are plans to relocate the Central Fire Station (see Reference: EM1 in Table 15.1). This scheme is included in the Infrastructure Delivery Programme and would be funded through existing funding streams including Central Government Funding, Council Tax, Fire Transformation Fund (or similar) or revenue generated by a HFRS trading company, HFR Solutions, which is a controlled company of Humberside Fire Authority. There is therefore no funding gap for the provision of fire services in Hull.

12.5.3 Yorkshire Ambulance Service Yorkshire Ambulance Service provide ambulance services in Hull. Dacre Son and Hartley manage the Yorkshire Ambulance Service property portfolio. They were contacted to confirm the current infrastructure issues for Ambulance provision in Hull. They confirmed that the recent upgrades to deliver the Hub and Spoke model have resulted in Hull having excellent ambulance provision. The proposed development areas can be served by the existing ambulance facilities. Dacre, Son and Hartley responded to the HCC Issues and Options Local Plan consultation on behalf of the Yorkshire Ambulance Service highlighting that they would like to be consulted on masterplans for the large sites to confirm if ambulance services or standby / response areas are required to support their development. There is therefore no funding gap for the provision of Ambulance services in Hull.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 125 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 12.1: Summary of Emergency Services Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further details)

Strategic / Lead Place delivery Delivery Shaping or Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme agency/ Cost phasing Enabling mechanism Funding management (When) Infrastructur organisation e

Central Government Funding. Council Tax.

Revenue generated Short Term Central Fire HFRS EM1 Strategic from a trading £unknown (1 – 5 No gap Station HCC company, HFR years) Solutions, which is a controlled company of Humberside Fire Authority.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 126 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Education

13.1 Data Sources This section covers the provision of primary and secondary schools. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Discussion with the HCC Education Department.  Data on school places provided by the HCC Education Department.

13.2 Existing Infrastructure There are 70 primary schools and 12 secondary schools (Endeavour Secondary School is planned for closure) within the Hull administrative boundary. The secondary schools include:  Andrew Marvell Business and Enterprise College (a trust school), Barham Road.  Archbishop Sentamu Academy Academy Church of England, 1 Bilton Grove.  Hull Trinity House Academy, 95 - 133 George House.  Kelvin Hall School, Bricknell Avenue.  Malet Lambert School, James Reckitt Avenue.  Newland School for Girls - Specialist College in Mathematics and Computing, Cottingham Road.  Sirius Academy, 296 Road South.  St Mary`s Sports College (a Roman Catholic voluntary aided school), Cranbrook Avenue.  The Boulevard Academy, Massey Close.  Thomas Ferens Academy, The Northern Academy Hull Ltd, 540 Hall Road.  Winifred Holtby Academy, Midmere Avenue  Endeavour High School, Fountain Road Beverley Road (which is due to close in August 2015) Hull Studio School Hull College Campus Queens Gardens. (This school closed at the end of the summer term).

13.3 Fit for Purpose HCC are planning to carry out a review of School Place Planning in late 2014. Following this review it is anticipated that a greater understanding of current issues for education across the city will be gained. The HCC education department carry out an assessment of likely new primary school pupils by using NHS data of children registered with GPs for admission purposes. Data on children born in Hull (termed ‘live birth’ data) shows the likely increase in population and is also used to forecast population increase forward. In

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 127 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

recent years it has become more difficult to obtain this information as it is considered to be sensitive by the NHS. Between October and January, parents of children due to start primary school the following September must apply for a place via their Local Authority. It is not possible to know the exact number of pupils that require school places, however health data is used to identify potential numbers, as described above. It is only possible for HCC education department to consider the impact of new housing developments when they become planning applications. At this point they are added into the pupil forecasting tool. The pupil forecasting tool does not consider the requirement for new school places generated from residents living in the East Riding of Yorkshire, as there is no obligation through the admissions system to accommodate pupils outside the City of Hull. New school place requirements arising from East Riding of Yorkshire have therefore been discounted from the analysis of the Hull Infrastructure Study. This approach has also been taken by East Riding of Yorkshire Council in their Infrastructure Study. There is a need to provide a surplus of school places to allow for flexibility and parental choice. The Department for Education accept up to 10% surplus across the estate. There are currently primary school capacity issues in the Beverley Road Corridor. The forecasting tool used by HCC predicts that by 2023 there will be a need for 200 extra primary school places. This is about the size of a new primary school. The reason for this capacity issue was discussed and it was confirmed that there has been high levels of in migration to this area. This area of the City is not a focus for new housing, therefore the school capacity issues have been generated by the existing population.

13.4 Planned Schemes

13.4.1 School Closures It is proposed to close the secondary school, Endeavour High School, on Beverley Road. Closure of Endeavour was agreed due to falling pupil numbers and a resulting financial deficit. Endeavour High is in the west of the city, therefore demand for secondary school places in the west of the city is forecast to outweigh supply in 2018/19.

13.4.2 Recent Improvements All secondary schools, special schools and three primary schools within Hull have secured improvements through Building Schools for the Future and improvements through other funding streams. The full list of schools where quality improvements have been carried out and their resulting pupil capacity are included in below in Table 13.1:

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 128 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 13.1: Recent School Improvements

School Capacity Completed Sirius Academy 1450 plus 200 September 2011 sixth form Education Service for Hearing & 40 September 2011 Vision Secondary Ganton Special School – 88 September 2011 Secondary Archbishop Sentamu Academy 1350 plus 200 September 2011 sixth form Tweendykes Special School 90 September 2011 Winifred Holtby School 1350 September 2011 Children with Medical Needs 20 September 2011 Unit Kelvin Hall School 1500 April 2012 Christopher Pickering Primary 420 September 2012 School (Tilbury and Bethune Park Schools Combined) Education Service for Hearing 40 September 2012 and Vision – Primary Ganton Special School 44 September 2012 Endike Primary 280 September 2012 Malet Lambert School 1500 September 2012 Thomas Ferens Academy 1250 September 2012 The Schoolgirl Mums’ Unit 23 September 2012 Andrew Marvell College 1300 January 2013 Kingswood Academy 1300 January 2013 Oakfield Special School 80 January 2013 Hull Trinity House 600 September 2013 Newland School for Girls 750 September 2013 Ashwell/ Fountain House 40 September 2013 Frederick Holmes Special School 85 September 2013 St Mary’s College 1300 plus 350 October 2013 Sixth Form Northcott Special School 70 November 2013 Bridgeview / White House 30 April 2014 Primary Support Service Kingswood Parks Primary unknown September 2014

13.4.3 Priority Schools Building Programme HCC has secured around £20m from the Priority Schools Building Programme which is focused on rebuilding six primary schools and should be completed in

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 129 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

2016/2017. Specifically, this funding will be spent rebuilding the following primary schools and increase school places as set out below:  Ainthorpe Primary will increase by 140 places.  Eastfield Primary will be the same size as current.  Foredyke Primary will be the same size as current.  Francis Askew Primary will increase by 140 places.  Neasden Primary will be the same size as current.  Wold Primary will increase by 70 places.

13.4.4 Basic Needs Allowance HCC has received £14milion from Department for Education (DfE) to create additional primary school places over a two year period. There is currently no capital funding available for secondary school places, but this is because there is currently no requirement for additional secondary school places due to capacity improvements carried out by Building Schools for the Future (BSF).

13.5 Impact of Proposed Development

13.5.1 Primary School Places The capacity information is based on the planning areas we use for primary place planning as shown on the accompanying map at Figure 13.1: Figure 13.1: Primary Place Planning Catchment Areas

Source: HCC

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 130 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

This forecasting tool partly factors in new development, as it considers sites with planning consent. The model assumes that 100 new homes generate 22 primary and 14 secondary places. The forecasting tool currently does not consider the sites being allocated through the Local Plan process. Therefore depending on the delivery of sites through secured planning consent additional capacity may be required earlier then specified below. The HCC education team will monitor take up of school places and plan accordingly. The following areas are forecast to have capacity issues by the stated year (see also Reference: ED1, in Table 15.1): Holderness Road AAP: Park Primary Planning Area: primary capacity issues from 2017/18. St Newington and St Andrews AAP / City Centre: Riverside Primary Planning Area: primary school capacity issues from 2018/19. Kingswood: North Carr Area Primary Planning Area: primary school capacity issues from 2021/22. There is currently capacity in both the primary (Broadacre and Kingswood Parks Primary) and secondary (Kingswood School) provision to allow for the proposed housing development at Kingswood. However capacity issues occur later in the plan period. Other capacity issues:  Wyke Primary Planning Area by 2016/17.  Northern Primary Planning Area from 2017/18. Through dialogue with the HCC education team no indication was given that any new schools were required to meet education requirements. However this will continue to be monitored.

13.5.2 Secondary School Places The Building Schools for the Future Programme designed secondary schools to provide adequate capacity up to 2017; with space for expansion based on predicted needs. If additional places are needed they could be funded through S106 or Basic Needs Allowance (see Reference: ED2, in Table 15.1). The forecasting tool currently does not consider the sites being allocated through the Local Plan process. Therefore depending on the delivery of sites through secured planning consent additional capacity may be required earlier then specified below. The HCC education team will monitor take up of school places and plan accordingly. Through dialogue with the HCC education team no indication was given that any new schools were required to meet education requirements. However this will continue to be monitored.

13.5.3 Adapting to Climate Change The National Adaptation Programme (2013) and the Climate Change Risk Assessment (CCRA) states that the highest order risks for the built environment are associated with the impacts of flooding. However, as temperatures are

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 131 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

predicted to rise, there is an equally great risk to health and well-being and demand for energy for summer cooling. To ensure that education infrastructure is prepared for climate change, the National Adaptation Programme encourages the following three actions:  Deliver infrastructure which minimises vulnerability and to the impacts of climate change;  Increase adaptive capacity in the sector by helping business and industries in the sector to access skills, training, knowledge and tools to understand and manage climate change risks; and,  Make communities more resilient by increasing water efficiency, installing flood protection measures and sustainable drainage and managing risks from overheating.

13.6 Summary of Education Infrastructure There will be a requirement to provide additional primary and secondary school places to support housing growth up to 2030. It would appear that HCC have not requested S106 contributions for education on new housing development in the past, as historically there has not been education capacity issues. However by 2017 there will be a requirement to deliver additional primary school places and by 2018 there will be a requirement to deliver additional secondary school places. The provision of new schools will be delivered through the following funding mechanisms  Priority Schools Building Programme.  Basic Needs Allowance.  Future central government capital funding.  Potential S106 for larger sites. Through dialogue with the HCC education team no indication was given that any new schools were required to meet education requirements. However this will continue to be monitored. There are delivery mechanisms in place to deliver the required new school places. It is therefore considered that there is no evident gap in the funding of education provision. Table 13.2: Summary of Education Infrastructure (see Table 15.1 for further detail)

Lead Strategic / delivery Delivery Place Shaping Delivery Ref Scheme agency/ Cost phasing Gaps in funding or Enabling mechanism management (When) Infrastructure organisation

Potential gap in Funding from Throughout Primary funding (however Priority Schools plan period ED1 School Strategic HCC £unknown funding Building (from Provision mechanisms are in Programme. 2017) place)

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 132 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Basic Needs Allowance. Potential S106 for larger sites.

Funding from Priority Schools Potential gap in Building Throughout Secondar funding (however Programme. plan period ED2 y School Strategic HCC £unknown funding Basic Needs (from Provision mechanisms are in Allowance. 2017) place) Potential S106 for larger sites.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 133 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Community and Cultural

14.1 Data Sources This section considers the following community and cultural facilities  Museums and Galleries.  Cemetery and Crematorium.  Libraries.  Public Realm improvements. The following sources of information have been used to populate this chapter:  Discussion with Bereavement Service, HCC.  Discussion with library department, HCC  Discussion with the Museum department, HCC.

14.2 Existing Infrastructure

14.2.1 Museums and Galleries The current main provision of museums and galleries in Hull is focused in the City Centre and includes:  .  Art Collection. (Cottingham Road Campus).  . operated by an independent charity.  .  .  , 1960 Deep Sea Fishing Vessel.(Moored in the River Hull at the rear of Streetlife Museum).  Lightship (Moored in ).  Streetlife Museum of Life: transport and social history museum.  Hull and East Riding Museum: natural history, geology and archaeology.  Hands on History Museum: social history.  : local studies library and archives facility. The provision and distribution of museums and galleries tends to be the result of historic factors, rather than demand for services. However if demand exists the industry tries to respond, a range of providers including the private sector could provide additional services. Currently the majority of museums and galleries are free to enter and publicly funded

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 134 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

14.2.2 Cemetery and Crematorium There are four cemeteries in Hull:  Eastern Cemetery.  Hedon Road Cemetery.  Northern Cemetery.  Western Cemetery. HCC operate two chapels and four crematoriums. Hull has an above average number of cremations compared to burials. The national average for cremations is 74% and 26% burial; whilst in Hull in 2013 88% of HCC services were cremations, with only 12% burials. This means there is less pressure on space for burials. The population of Hull includes a small proportion of ethnic minorities. There are two Islamic cemeteries and the Jewish community operate their own cemetery.

14.2.3 Libraries HCC operate a central library (City Centre) and eleven branch libraries across the City:  Anlaby Park Library (this is now managed by Anlaby Park Community Library).  Avenues Library.  Bransholme Library.  Fred Moore Library.  Freedom Centre Library.  Library.  Greenwood Avenue Library.  Holderness Road Customer Service Centre.  Ings Library.  Waudby Centre Library  Longhill Library.  Western Library. HCC co-locate libraries with other facilities wherever possible. The following libraries are co-located:  Longhill Library and Health Centre (provides access to books and a small number of computers).  Freedom Centre library within Freedom Centre (joint reception and staffing).  Gipsyville Library in the Gipsyville multipurpose centre (joint reception and staff).

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 135 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Ings Library is co-located with a customer service centre (CSC). CSC is open two days a week for housing and children services. The refurbishment of the Central Library and Western Library has recently been completed.

14.2.4 Public Realm Improvements Through discussion with HCC officers the standard of public realm in the City, particularly in the City Centre was highlighted as an area in need of investment.

14.3 Fit for Purpose

14.3.1 Museums and Galleries As with all public services there are on-going funding pressures on HCC. They have had to reduce the opening hours of some of their cultural facilities and currently the majority of provision is free to enter, so at present there is no additional revenue raised through entry fees. The current provision could accommodate increased usage as the council service is significant. The Hull Maritime Museum is in need of refurbishment and investment and the access arrangements for the Arctic Corsair and could be improved.

14.3.2 Cemetery and Crematorium There are some drainage issues in Eastern Cemetery and Priory Woods cemetery. The Priory Woods drainage work has been funded by HCC, but the Eastern cemetery drainage still needs to be tackled. The four crematoriums in Hull are not currently fitted with filters to stop mercury entering the atmosphere. European legislation requires that 50% of all pollutants are abated. Currently HCC have an agreement with another industrial process that is 100% abated. They buy their emissions savings and both parties are 50% abated.

14.3.3 Libraries Accessibility HCC use a two mile standard to provide an indication of reasonable access to a library. All residents are within 2 miles of a library and approximately 85% of these are within 1 mile of a library. There are pockets of the City that are not able to easily access a library due to transport and walking routes, these include:  Kingswood (nearest library is North Bransholme).  Bricknell in West Hull does not have a local library.  Bilton Grange in the east of the City.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 136 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Boothferry Estate in the east of the City.  Anlaby Park in the east of the City.  Beverley Road / Stone Ferry area has small pockets of housing outside a two mile radius of a library. Quality There are three libraries that would benefit from quality improvements:  The Central Library: has benefitted from pockets of refurbishment, however the building consists of four distinct sections which were constructed and refurbished at different stages. Further repair and refurbishment is necessary.  The Avenue Library: improvements required relate to disabled access to the upper floor and general refurbishment.  Greenwood Avenue Library: this is a temporary building from 1935 which is in general need of repair and refurbishment, or potentially a new building.  Bransholme Library: this building is dated and requires upgrades to deliver a modern service. Refurbishment or a new library building would be beneficial in this location. The rest of the library stock is in a relatively good state of repair. The services would always support investment in building stock to allow additional library services (e.g book groups and children’s groups).

14.4 Planned Schemes

14.4.1 Museums and Galleries Hull has been confirmed as the City of Culture 2017. This creates a huge opportunity for Hull to showcase its extensive museum and cultural offer in the city centre. HCC plan to include high profile exhibitions within their existing buildings and exceed the normal cultural offer (see Reference: C1, in Table 15.1). HCC want to bring visitors into Hull and the City Centre and create a cultural destination. It is about using existing assets differently and delivering an increased return on the investment. There are no short term plans for any new provision within HCC however other ideas are in development but at very early stage. The City want to create a cultural legacy from being the City of Culture by investing and improving their current provision. The legacy would also involve creating an environment for the growth of enterprise and cultural businesses. The priorities for HCC post City of Culture include (see also Reference: C2, in Table 15.1):  Refurbishing the Hull Maritime Museum.  Refurbishment of the Hull and East Riding Museum.  Considering options for providing dry dock facilities for the Arctic Corsair and Spurn Lightship. To improve access and reduce maintenance costs.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 137 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

These works could potentially be funded by:  HCC capital funding.  A wide range of grant funders. The revenue costs for museums and galleries are provided by HCC and Arts Council funding.

14.4.2 Cemetery and Crematorium HCC capital funding has been secured to carry out Priory Woods drainage work. There are no future plans to retrofit mercury filters on the crematoriums. However if the legislation changed in the future would be a requirement to fit filters. If this happens the HCC Bereavement Team would make a case for capital funding. This case has been made in the past, but a decision was made to continue the use of emissions trading method to avoid the need to fund capital improvements.

14.4.3 Libraries A new strategy for Library Provision is currently underway, which will highlight the preferred focus for investment and strategy for the next five years. This will be finished by the end of the year.

14.4.4 Public Realm Improvements Through discussion with HCC officers a number of potential public realm improvement schemes were identified. However there is currently no identified funding for these works, which are focused on the City Centre.

14.5 Impact of Proposed Development

14.5.1 Museums and Galleries The current provision could accommodate increased usage as the council service is significant and the planned cultural enhancements to support City of Culture will support the existing population and encourage visitors to the City.

14.5.2 Cemetery and Crematorium HCC are currently operating with enough burial space for the next 80 years. This is a cautious estimate and there is likely to be more capacity than this. The Bereavement service monitors usage and take up annually.

14.5.3 Libraries Aside from the quality issues raised in section 14.3 there is broadly adequate library provision for the City, with consideration of proposed housing growth. The only area where potentially a new library would be beneficial would be the Kingswood area. This is a large area of new housing and would benefit from its own provision. However this could be served by improving the nearby

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 138 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Bransholme Library and providing access to services for children unable to visit Bransholme Library in other community venues. The other areas of the City where housing is focused are within the urban core of the city and new residents can access current facilities (see Reference: C3, in Table 15.1): Newington and St Andrews: Western Library (recently refurbished) and Gipsyville Library. Holderness Road: Mount Pleasant, Freedom Centre, Ings Library and the Holderness Road Library. City Centre: Within the City Centre is Central Library in which there are some issues with the usability of this library. Whilst parts of the library have been upgraded, further repairs are required.

14.5.4 Public Realm Improvements Through discussion with HCC officers a number of potential public realm improvement schemes were identified. These are not necessarily directly required to facilitate development, but are required to deliver wider place making objectives. These works have been identified as place making infrastructure in Table 15.1. HCC are investigating funding options including the potential use of CIL.

14.6 Delivery and Responsibility

14.6.1 Museums and Galleries The provision of museum and galleries is led by HCC and charities. These works could potentially be funded by:  HCC capital funding.  A wide range of grant funders. The revenue costs for museums and galleries are provided by HCC and Arts Council funding.

14.6.2 Cemetery and Crematorium The provision of cemetery and crematorium services is led by HCC and is funded through HCC funding and revenue funding from the delivery of cemetery and crematorium services.

14.6.3 Library The provision of library services is led by HCC. The funding for library services includes:  HCC capital and revenue funding, which is currently constrained.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 139 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 The James Reckett Library Fund (Library Trust generating approximately £400,000 per year to be spend on library provision and improvements). The spending must be above and beyond HCC statutory requirements.  Townscape Heritage Initiative in heritage buildings or conservation areas.  S106 contributions (although this is rare).

14.7 Summary of Community and Cultural Infrastructure

14.7.1 Museums and Galleries The current main provision of museums and galleries in Hull is focused in the City Centre. Hull has been confirmed as the City of Culture 2017. This creates a huge opportunity for Hull to showcase its extensive museum and cultural offer in the city centre. HCC plan to include high profile exhibitions within their existing buildings and exceed the normal cultural offer. The priorities for HCC post City of Culture include:  Refurbishing the Hull Maritime Museum.  Refurbishment of the Hull and East Riding Museum.  Considering options for providing dry dock facilities for the Arctic Corsair and Spurn Lightship. To improve access and reduce maintenance costs. The above improvements would be funded by HCC capital funding or external biddable funding sources. The current provision could accommodate increased usage as the council service is significant and the planned cultural enhancements to support City of Culture will support the existing population and encourage visitors to the City.

14.7.2 Cemetery and Crematorium HCC are currently operating with enough burial space for the next 80 years. This is a cautious estimate and there is likely to be more capacity than this. The Bereavement service monitors usage and take up annually.

14.7.3 Libraries Aside from the quality issues raised in section 14.3 there is broadly adequate library provision for the City, with consideration of proposed housing growth. The only area where potentially a new library would be beneficial would be the Kingswood area. This is a large area of new housing and would benefit from its own provision. However this could be served from improving the nearby Bransholme Library. The other areas of the City where housing is focused are within the urban core, and new residents can access current facilities.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 140 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

14.7.4 Public Realm Improvements Through discussion with HCC officers a number of potential public realm improvement schemes were identified. These are not necessarily directly required to facilitate development, but are required to deliver wider place making objectives. These works have been identified as place making infrastructure in Table 15.1. HCC are investigating funding options including the potential use of CIL. Table 14.1: Public Realm Infrastructure Improvements (see Table 15.1 for further detail)

Lead delivery Strategic / agency/ Delivery Place Shaping Delivery Gaps in Ref Scheme manageme Cost phasing or Enabling mechanism funding nt (When) Infrastructure organisatio n

Museum and Galleries HCC capital Short Term (1 C1 Place Shaping HCC £unknown No gap City of funding. – 5 years) Culture Preparatio ns

Improve HCC capital Short to ment to funding. C2 Place Shaping HCC £unknown medium Term No gap museum A wide range of (1 – 10 years) provision grant funders

HCC capital and revenue funding. The James Reckett Library Fund (Library Trust generating approximately Improve £400,000 per ment and Short to year to be spend C3 provision Place Shaping HCC £unknown medium Term No gap on library of library (1 – 10 years) provision and services. improvements). Townscape Heritage Initiative in heritage buildings or conservation areas.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 141 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Infrastructure Delivery Programme

15.1 Overview This section takes the evidence and analysis from Sections 4 through to 15 and sets out how the level of current, planned and future infrastructure will or could be delivered. This section:  presents the indicative costs associated with delivering the planned and future infrastructure required to support the long term growth objectives in Hull;  outlines how HCC could look to prioritise and facilitate the delivery of infrastructure; and  summarises potential funding sources that HCC could explore to deliver on its infrastructure requirements. In simple terms, this part of the report takes the overall cost of each infrastructure type and sets that within the context of any existing funding, so as to determine any funding gaps. From here it will be possible to identify potential options for bridging the funding gaps and ensure Hull can be proactive in looking to deliver its infrastructure requirements whilst recognising the difficult funding climate expected ahead. The costs and information shown have been determined through an analysis of the evidence base and discussions with relevant contacts in HCC, other public and private sector organisations and wider stakeholders.

15.2 Hull’s infrastructure Requirements and Investment

15.2.1 Overview Table 15.1 below represents a summary of the infrastructure required in Hull up to 2030. This includes an indicative assessment of costs, committed funding sources and the subsequent funding gaps that exist What is noticeable from an analysis of Table 15.1 is that a number of elements of Hull’s infrastructure already have firm funding or funding allocations. This includes secondary schools and local health provision. This currently puts Hull in a relatively positive position in terms of funding infrastructure, subject to existing funding allocations becoming firm funding commitments. There are certain infrastructure types where funding gaps do exist. This relates to infrastructure which will play an important role in delivering the future housing and economic growth of Hull. The infrastructure for which funding is currently needed (i.e. situations where funding is neither committed nor allocated) falls into three main categories:  Strategic infrastructure that is nationally and/or regionally significant.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 142 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Enabling infrastructure that is critical to the development of individual strategically important sites in Hull and East Riding or other infrastructure of strategic importance to Hull.  Place shaping infrastructure: The infrastructure falling into this category has been defined as including:  Publicly accessible urban green space, such as public parks or amenity areas that are open to the public to use and are maintained for such purpose, but excluding private gardens or highway verges.  Children’s play space, which includes a neighbourhood equipped (minim 1000 sqm activity zone) or local equipped play area (minimum 400 sqm m activity zone) with provision made depending on the scale of residential development, as well as casual or informal amenity areas that are maintained for such purposes.  Playing pitches which are marked out for sports (in-line with Sports England standards) or other informal recreation facilities and are to be maintained for public use).  Public realm including civic spaces, involving hard and soft landscaping works beyond the private space of buildings but excluding highway or transport related projects such as roads, junction improvements or on/off street parking. These are each considered in turn within this section.

15.2.2 Strategic infrastructure Given that the A63 Castle Street improvements are to be funded through Highway Agency funding, subject to the DCO being achieved; that waste contracts have been secured to appropriately manage waste for the next 10 to 15 years; the infrastructure falling into this category comprises:  Improvements to the passenger rail services towards Leeds. The overall cost of delivering the required improvements is over £100 million. However funding for feasibility work has been secured and a range of potential funding streams are available as set out in Table 15.1.  Investment in Primary School provision by 2016 and secondary school provision by 2021. The Basic Needs Allowance may provide the necessary funding to deliver new schools. This needs to be confirmed through further dialogue with HCC.  Comprehensive flood protection measures, working with wider Humber authority partners: There are generally identified funding streams to deliver the required flood defence schemes. The density of population in Hull means that HCC are confident that future funding will be secured. The funding for flood defences for the wider Humber Bank is less certain. HCC are working closely with wider Humber Local Planning Authorities to lobby Central Government for funding.  Improvement to Humberside Fire and Rescue Service and Police Service building stock: There are identified funding streams to deliver the improved emergency response buildings.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 143 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

There is either committed funding or a good prospect of available funding to deliver all identified strategic infrastructure.

15.3 Enabling infrastructure The infrastructure falling into this category includes:  Delivery of a range of transport priorities: funding streams are identified for the delivery of these schemes, however not all funding is committed.  A new primary substation for the City Centre and Eastern Corridor: Northern Powergrid and related developers would need to contribute towards this primary sub-station. This is likely to impact on individual site viability in the City Centre and Eastern Corridor. The new primary substation plus cabling and feasibility requirements would cost approximately £10 million  Broadband provision: There is a potential that existing provision will be improved by Kingston Communications. It is estimated that £50m is required to improve the existing broadband provision. However there may be a case to accelerate the process to support the economic attractiveness of Hull. It has been assumed that KC will provide new housing and employment with broadband.  Additional GP provision based on future demand: This would be provided by the NHS if and when additional capacity was required.

15.3.1 Place-shaping infrastructure The full list of schemes are included in Table 16.2 and equate to a total funding gap approximately:  £12.6 million for open space, allotments and play areas and public realm improvements.  £540,000 for playing pitch provision. There is less secure funding for the place shaping elements. It has historically been funded through developer contributions and external funding that is available on a bid by bid basis (e.g. Sports England or Heritage Lottery Funding). There is potential for CIL to be used to fund the identified place shaping infrastructure. Section 17 includes further options for funding place shaping infrastructure. Section 17 includes further analysis of options for funding place enabling infrastructure.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 144 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Table 15.1: Infrastructure Delivery Programme

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

Transport Highways The scheme includes plans for grade separation of Riverside/ Tackle existing Mytongate junction (A63/ A1079) plus various overground Highway Agency Short term HA website and A63 Castle Street Highway Agency T1 City Strategic congestion and and underground options that are still being assessed, and (Central Government Up to £190m (1 – 5 No gap discussion with Improvement Scheme Centre improve capacity. seeks to improve access to the docks, relieve congestion, HCC Funding) years) HCC officers. improve safety and reduce severance. Riverside/ Garrison Road This roundabout is operating near capacity and Highways Short term Upgrade existing Potential future pinch Discussion with T2 City Upgrades (linked to Strategic improvements will be needed as part of unlocking capacity Agency £unknown (1 – 5 Potential gap. roundabout on the A63 point scheme. HCC officers. Centre A63 scheme). on the A63. Local Funding years) To provide an internal The movement of wind turbine components is likely that Private developer Short term Eastern Corridor access road for an off- highway route will be developed via an internal Private developer. Discussion with T3 East/ Park Enabling £unknown (1 – 5 No gap Internal Road renewable energy corridor between the proposed Alexandra Dock and Paull Northern Roundabout HCC officers. HCC years) components. development site. improvements by HCC. Provision of Highway Short to Improvements at medium Kingswood Kingswood Kingswood To provide the The delivery of the East West Link Road and term ( 1 – Development Development Meeting with T4 North Carr Enabling necessary capacity to improvements to a number of roundabouts around the £unknown 10 years) Unknown (Identified following an Company, Company, HCC Officers. assessment of the deliver Kingswood. Kingswood Site. Depending HCC HCC impact of proposed on build development) out rate. Park and Ride Provision A Park and Ride is proposed on Associated British Ports (ABP) land as part of a wider industrial development, and Accommodate New Park and Ride is likely to be required to accommodate the additional HCC LTP3 Short term Discussion with T5 EYRC Enabling additional traffic from £unknown No gap (East). traffic which will be generated by development at this site. (1- 5 years) HCC officers. the east. Private developer Private developer The park and ride site is likely to provide around 300-400 car parking spaces (still to be confirmed). Accommodate There is an aspiration to create a new park and ride facility New Park and Ride Short term Short term (1- 5 T6 EYRC Enabling additional traffic from to the north of the City on land in between the A1079 and HCC HCC capital funding £unknown Potential gap (North). (1- 5 years) years) the north. A1033. However this land is in multiple ownerships. Rail Provision HCC are supportive of electrification of the passenger train Funding of £2.5m has line between the East Coast Mainline and Hull (via Selby). been awarded by A Northern Electrification Task Force has been set up to Government to allow confirm the priorities for electrification. further design work to Hull Trains are hoping to have electrification of the line be carried out (up to complete by 2017/2018. GRIP 3 stage) an HCC additional £7.5 million City Improvements to To improve passenger This would offer journey time savings, allow newer rolling Short term Short term (1- 5 T7 Strategic Hull Trains has also been allocated £100m Potential gap Centre Passenger Rail Services services. stock to be used, create environmental benefits and (1- 5 years) years) enhance the number of services along the line, due to the towards the overall cost removal of the current requirement for manually operated of the scheme from crossings and signals along the route. Local Growth Fund (LGF) to try and There are aspirations for the frequency of trains to Leeds to accelerate the be increased to two per hour (currently one per hour) and electrification of this this is something that we have asked to be included in the route. 2016 Transpennine franchise.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 145 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation The whole scheme is forecast to cost around £100m and would be funded from LGF, Public Works Loan Board and private funding. Bus Provision Local Transport Plan Bus Network Various small scale improvements to enhance the bus Short term Discussion with T8 City Wide Enabling Enhance bus services HCC (LTP) or other funding £unknown No gap Improvements network are included in the AAPs (1- 5 years) HCC officers. opportunities. Cycle / Pedestrian Provision Key components of the project include the provision of two off-road shared pedestrian and cyclist routes. The first is alongside Holderness Drain from Hedon Road to Saltshouse Road with a link to Wilberforce 6th form £2 million funding has college (due for completion by March 2015); Second route been provided from the Provision of improved Local Sustainable Short term To improve cycling is alongside Ings Road / Sutton Road linking Holderness Discussion with T9 City Wide cycling and pedestrian Enabling HCC Transport Fund (LSTF) £2m (1 – 5 No gap and pedestrian routes. Road with the Foredyke Stream shared pedestrian / cycle HCC officers. routes. route. to deliver a range of years) sustainable travel The initial phase of this route from Holderness Road to initiatives. James Reckitt Avenue with a spur to Malet Lambert Secondary School was completed in 2013 The remainder of this route is due to be completed by March 2015. Local Growth Funding has been secured to deliver a better Riverside/ Short term HA website and A63 Improved specification footbridge over the A63. The funding for a HCC T10 City Enabling LGF £unknown (1 – 5 No gap discussion with Pedestrian Foot Bridge basic footbridge is included in the Highway Agency Centre Highway Agency years) HCC officers. funding. Utilities Through Arup analysis and discussions with Northern Powergrid it has been confirmed that there are infrastructure requirements linked to provision of additional capacity over and above natural growth levels. There is a shortage of electricity within the City Centre and adjacent development area of the Eastern Corridor, Port area and the Siemens site. This shortage is exacerbated by Short to the condition of some old apparatus within the city centre medium and thus the management of the network and the term ( 1 – Northern City movement of electricity between substations is 10 years) Arup analysis Centre / challenging. Powergrid Northern Powergrid and discussion U1 Electricity Upgrades Enabling £10m Potential gap Eastern This results in a requirement for a new sub-station within Private Private Developers with Northern Depending Corridor the City Centre- Eastern Corridor-Ports to support the developer Powergrid on build proposed development in these areas. This would cost out rates in approximately £7m. There is additional cabling within the this area. area to collect capacity and take it into those areas that require it. It is considered that the additional cost for this work is circa £3m plus VAT and this cost would be distributed between all the developments connecting to existing substations. Funding is also required for feasibility work and on-going appraisal of development strategy and capacity of electrical

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 146 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation network, including specific assessment of procurement routes for large developments. Short to Through Arup analysis and discussions with Northern Gas medium Network it has been confirmed that major investment in term ( 1 – gas infrastructure is not required. Gas infrastructure Northern Gas 10 years) Arup analysis provision under ‘business as usual’ model would be funded Network Northern Gas Network and discussion U2 City Wide Gas Upgrades Enabling £1.5m No gap by developers as part of development costs. Private Private developers with Northern This results in anticipated cost of approximately £1.5m. developers Depending Gas Networks. This funding gap would need to be funded by Northern on build Gas Network out rates in this area. YW have confirmed there are no strategic issues in relation On-site Water Supply to water supply and treatment of waste water in Hull. Throughout and access to To fund on site YW U3 City Wide Enabling However developers will need to pay an infrastructure fund YW £unknown plan No gap YW Wastewater Treatment infrastructure costs. to Yorkshire Water. There may also be specific on site Developer Contribution period. Cost issues related to individual sewer capacity. HCC have commissioned Ramboll to carry out a feasibility study into the potential for heat networks in the City of Short to District Heating To confirm feasibility HCC medium Discussion with U4 City Wide Strategic Hull – to create City Wide District Heating. HCC £unknown No gap Network Feasibility of District Heating. Private developers Term (1 – HCC Officers. This study would identify heating sources and potential 10 years) receptors for the heat (current or proposed housing sites). The planned new housing and employment development in Hull will be required to meet building regulation standards in relation to fabric efficiency. HCC will also investigate on-going opportunities to support the low carbon economy and favourably consider HCC investigating Short to To investigate the delivery of renewable energy, with consideration of options for further Strategic HCC medium Discussion with U5 City Wide renewable energy technical and environmental constraints. This includes: HCC £unknown No gap Renewable Energy Term (1 – HCC Officers. options. Private developers Generation Wind development. 10 years) Solar provision. Ground Source Heat Pumps. Biomass. Fabric Efficiency. Telecommunications For 14,400 new homes expected to be built, the cost of Short to District Provision of Superfast installing superfast broadband would be around £7 million. Kingston Kingston medium No gap TE1 Enabling £7m Wide Broadband in Hull However Kingston Communications would normally Communications Communications term (1 – Funded by KC expect to connect new homes at its own cost. 10 years). Flood Risk and Drainage A case for this funding is being made through Approx. £888 Humber Hull Frontages The Humber Flood Risk Management Strategy (2008) is a MPs business case million to £1.2 Flood Alleviation currently being reviewed. The schemes from the Humber Short to No gap in Hull Baseline To provide adequate HCC, EA, (for complete Humber). billion (for all District Scheme from the Strategy total to provide 1:200 flood protection. medium documents and F1 Strategic flood protection (1:200 ERYC, NELC, four Local Wider Wide Humber Flood Risk The funding for the term (1 – discussion with year). The Humber Hull Frontages scheme is a scheme identified NEC. Authorities) Humberside Management Strategy Humber Hull Frontage 10 years) HCC officers. in the Humber Flood Risk Management Strategy and £unknown gap in funding (2008) relates to the protecting the estuary in front of Hull. elements could be sourced from Flood Defence Grant in Aid

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 147 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation (FDGiA) and private sector funding. Following the tidal surge in December 2013 the Short Term Environment Agency provided a recovery fund to repair £4m from Recovery (1 – 5 District Albert Docks Flooding To repair damaged damage to coastal defence caused by the surge. £4m of Fund years) Discussion with F2 Strategic EA, HCC £7m No gap. Wide Works flood defences. recovery funding has been secured for works at Albert £3m from Local Completed HCC officers Docks. An additional £3m of Local Growth Fund has been Growth Fund. by May secured for works at Albert Dock. 2015 Short Term (1 – 5 This is a coastal flood risk scheme around Paull and Led by the years) Hull and Holderness Saltend. This site is being led by the East Riding of ERYC, and Flood Defence Grant in To provide adequate The Flood Risk Alleviation Yorkshire Council as it seeks to protect employment sites promoted by the Aid (FDGiA) funding Discussion with F3 EYRC Strategic flood protection (1:200 £unknown scheme No gap. Scheme outside the eastern boundary of Hull, as well as protecting EA, HCC and any has been secured for HCC officers year). must employment sites in the Hull Eastern Corridor within the relevant Internal this scheme. commence Hull boundary. Drainage Boards. before March 2015. Led by the This scheme is currently being designed and may include ERYC, and Flood Defence Grant in Analby and East Ella To provide adequate a tidal flood wall at Hessle and provision of surface water Short Term promoted by the Aid (FDGiA) funding Discussion with F4 EYRC Flood Risk Alleviation Strategic flood protection (1:200 ponds The concept will be to maximise efficiencies by £unknown (1 – 5 Potential Gap EA, HCC and any will be targeted. HCC officers Scheme year). using material from creating the storage ponds for the years) relevant Internal defences at Hessle. No secured funding. Drainage Boards. Flood Defence Grant in Short to To provide adequate Improvement to River Hull Defences to bring all the flood EA, YW, HCC Aid (FDGiA) funding Medium Discussion with F5 City Wide River Hull Defences Strategic flood protection (1:200 £unknown Potential Gap defences to a 1:200 plus climate change. and ERYC will be targeted. term (1- 10 HCC officers year). No secured funding. years)

This report will consider the options for reducing flood Flood Defence Grant in Short to EYRC and River Hull Integrated risk. This could include pumping, flood storage areas, Aid (FDGiA) funding Measures to reduce EA, YW, HCC Medium Discussion with F6 District Catchment Strategy Strategic raising embankments or different maintenance regimes. will be targeted. £unknown Potential Gap flooding in Hull. and ERYC term (1- 10 HCC officers Wide (RHICS) The options are being reported to all stakeholders in years) August 2014. No secured funding. This project would consider how footpaths and Green Local Growth Fund. Short to Rive Hull Inlet Project/ Enable investment Infrastructure development/ regeneration could link and Medium Discussion with F7 City Wide Enabling HCC Heritage Lottery Fund. £unknown Potential Gap River Hull Plus along the River Hull enhance the new flood defences to make the most of the term (1- 10 HCC officers River environment and promote investment HCC Funding. years) Short Term (1 – 5 years) To tackle surface Willerby and Derington Led by the ERYC Flood Defence Grant in flooding issues in Surface water storage reservoirs at Willerby and Derington This Discussion with F8 EYRC Flood Risk Alleviation Enabling with EA and Aid (FDGiA) and £14.9m No gap. Halterprice (outside HCC boundary). scheme is HCC officers Scheme HCC. ERDF. Settlements and Hull. on site and planned for completion in 2016/17 To tackle surface Analby and East Ella Led by the ERYC Short Term flooding issues in Surface water storage reservoirs at Analby and East Eller Local Growth Funding Discussion with F9 EYRC Flood Risk Alleviation Enabling with EA and £14.8m (1 – 5 Potential Gap Halterprice (outside HCC boundary). secured the feasibility HCC officers Scheme HCC. years) Settlements and Hull. work (Project

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 148 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation Appraisal Report stage). Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) and ERDF. Local Growth Funding secured the feasibility work (Project Cottingham and To tackle surface Short Term Led by the ERYC Appraisal Report Orchard Park Flood flooding issues in Surface water storage reservoirs at Cottinham and Orchard (1 – 5 Discussion with F10 EYRC Enabling with EA and stage). £20m Potential Gap Risk Alleviation Halterprice Park (outside HCC boundary). years) HCC officers HCC. Flood Defence Grant in Scheme Settlements and Hull. Aid (FDGiA) and ERDF.

Local levy from the Regional Flood and Coastal Committee (£1 – 1.5m to available to HCC are looking at options to retrofitting SUDs on the Lead Local Flood highways, public realm and parks, working in partnership Authorities). with Yorkshire Water. Short Term To reduce surface HCC Potentially (1 – 5 Discussion with F11 City Wide Retrofitting SUDs Enabling £unknown No gap water runoff. ERYC contributions from YW years) HCC officers Following the completion of the Holistic Drainage Study (but this is not yet YW is working on SUDs with HCC. confirmed)

Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA) for larger schemes. In Kingswood, a double defence along the River Hull has been proposed by the developer and this is being discussed Short to and agreed with HCC. This includes an aqua green in the medium lowered area. Kingswood Flood term (1 – Defences The houses will be raised and the ground floor will be Private developer 10 years) garages or storage to reduce damage in a flood event. Private developer Discussion with F12 North Carr (Identified following an Enabling HCC £unknown Depending No gap There is a need to demonstrate the sequential approach HCC officers assessment of the Yorkshire Water on the through the Kingswood AAP. Yorkshire Water impact of proposed build out of development) Yorkshire Water have an agreement in place to take all the site. surface water from Kingswood, which will be piped to the

Bransholme Surface Water Pumping Station, which has been recently upgraded. Waste HCC are working jointly with East Riding to procure the necessary waste contracts to manage waste for the next 10 years (with an allowance for a 5 year extension period). Short Term (1 – 5 These contracts begin on the 1st April 2015. HCC Private funding years) Discussion with W1 City Wide Waste Management Strategic FCC Environment (formerly WRG) manage 3 Household Private waste £unknown No gap HCC – Council tax In place to HCC officers Waste Recycling Sites (HWRS): firms  Sutton Fields HWRS. 10 to 15 years.  Wiltshire Road HWRS.  Burma Drive HWRS.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 149 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation FCC Environmental will also manage three strategic waste transfer stations at Wilmington, central Hull, Goole and Carnaby. Impetus Waste Management will manage residual waste (black bins). It will be turned into a refuse derived fuel (RDF) and used to recover energy at a new advanced gasification facility at Billingham, Teesside. Advanced Gasification is a process by which waste materials are heated to very high temperatures and converted to gas to generate energy and inert materials that can then be recycled as aggregates. J&B Recycling Ltd and Biowise Ltd: A consortium between the two companies will develop a new composting facility in the Willerby area (in the East Riding of Yorkshire) to manage organic waste in Hull and East Riding (brown bins). J&B Recycling Ltd will use their existing material recycling facility to sort Hull’s blue bin waste (mixed recyclables). This is then sent to Hartlepool for further processing. Public Realm and Open Space The proposed works are aimed at major refurbishment of the key streets and public areas with high quality natural stone paving materials, improved urban forestry and the integration of public art throughout. The main areas of focus are:  Paragon Square, Jameson Street and King Edward Street, to improve the gateway to the city, to HCC Capital funding/ To ensure that visitor rationalise street furniture, to create small and large LEP funding/ Holy City City Centre Public destination elements of Short term HCC G1 Place-Shaping squares along the streets. HCC Trinity/ Bids to HLP £23,700,000 £6,000,000 Centre Realm (Phases 1 – 3) the Council’s City Plan (1-3 years) information  Waltham Street. and Arts funding are met.  Queen Victoria Square and Beverley Gate. bodies  Queens Gardens Rose Bowl and entrance.  Queens Gardens Phase 2.  Market Square (adjacent to Holy Trinity Church.  Fruit Market.  Whitefriargate/ Trinity House Lane. Early 2014 Hull City Council was awarded development funding of £69,900 from the Heritage Lottery Fund (HLF) to develop a Stage 2 bid for a Townscape Heritage scheme on Beverley Road (focussing on the south end of the road, up to the junction of Queens Road/Sculcoates Lane). To develop the Stage 2 A successful bid will bring in an additional £1,6m of HLF HCC Capital Funding / City Beverley Road bid for a Townscape Short term No identified HCC G2 Place-Shaping funding for conservation works to historic buildings and HCC HLF/ External Project £2,794,000 Centre Heritage Investment Heritage Scheme on (1-3 years) gap information the historic townscape along Beverley Road. This would be Funding Beverley Road matched by £457k from HCC. The scheme would offer conservation deficit grants to property owners as well as funding frontage and boundary improvements, and training, learning and engagement activities. The Stage 2 bid needs to be submitted to the HLF in February 2015. A decision is expected by September 2015..

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 150 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

To progress the bid to round 2, which is the development phase, will require the works identified during round 1 to be further developed, resulting in the production of a comprehensive and fully costed delivery and implementation plan ready for submission to the HLF in To repair and Short to August 2015. If successful, the bid will attract a total of City Pearson Park Heritage rejuvenate Pearson HCC Capital funding/ medium HCC G3 Place-Shaping £2.34m Parks for People funding over a 3 year period HCC £3,008,000 £410,000 Centre Investment Park, Hull’s first HLF/ CIL term (1-6 information (£156,000 for scheme development and £2.2m for ‘People’s Park’ years) delivery), the Wyke Area Committee has committed £17,400 match funding for the scheme development and the Council provided within its ‘Capital programme further match funding of £243,000 for delivery. Completion of this project is expected by June 2017. The next stage of the West Park Master Plan scheme is to £3,501,270 Short to revisit the existing master plan to identify the key Improvement to open Medium Potential gap of HCC G4 Riverside West Park Place Shaping investment priorities, and then work with key partners and HCC S106 (£1,200,000 space Term (1-6 £2,272,033 Information stakeholders to define a scope of investment and work a committed years) programme of delivery through to completion. through S106) Some works have been undertaken on the site although HCC Short to Improvement to open there is still scope for further provision. Riverside Area HCC medium G5 Riverside Massey Fields Place Shaping CIL £100,000 Funding Gap Area Committee space Committee have stated that they wish to have the park as a Private Developer term (1 – main focus for facilities in this area. Ward Budget 10 years) A new green square (0.98ha) will be provided as part of the Amy Johnson housing scheme that is under development. An area of new Short term No identified HCC G6 Riverside Place Shaping New Green Space Private Developer Delivery on-site Unknown Greenspace allotment space will also be provided to the west of the (1-3 years) funding gap Information site, providing 21 plots. A playing field is to be retained and enhanced to south of Short term new housing development, providing a community park (1-3 years), Provision of a with Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Play (NEAP) No identified HCC G7 Riverside Riley College Place Shaping Private Developer Delivery on-site Unknown almost community park facility. This will link through the development through a funding gap Information fully- Linear Park to a space created at the north of the site for a delivered. nature reserve. Most of the space is now provided. Development proposals in this location were shown as Wellstead Street (site having potential to provide new green space. The S106 (£112,586 from Short term Potential to provide HCC G8 Riverside of the former Constable Place Shaping development is no longer planned to go ahead, although HCC s106 agreements) £300,000 (1-3 £187,414 new open space Information Street School_ there remains pressure from the Area Committee for open CIL years)_ space facilities to be provided or improved in this location. The AAP identifies a need to improve and upgrade play Grasby Park / Bellfield Improvements to equipment in Grasby Park and improve the entrance to the CIL/ Ward Budget/ HCC G9 East Place Shaping HCC Unknown TBC Unknown Avenue Grasby Park park from Bellfield Avenue. Consultation with Hull Area HCC Information Committees has confirmed this as a priority for funding. The AAP identifies a need to prioritise investment that maintains the informal nature of the space. Specific projects seek to upgrade boundaries, provide new footpaths / surfacing, high quality lighting and informal soft Medium Improvement to CIL/ Ward Budget and HCC G10 East Bluebell Fields Place Shaping landscape works to enhance a semi-natural character. The HCC TBC term (3-6 Unknown Bluebell Fields HCC Capital Funding Information AAP also proposes an extension to Bluebell Fields along years) its eastern edge and to create an east west link through the new housing development, including footpath treatments, lighting, soft landscaping and tree planting.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 151 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

Two smaller and separated spaces, including retention of Private Developer Delivery on-site Unknown Unknown. No identified HCC Provide open space for the existing bowling green. The proposed scheme also funding gap Information Village Green, G11 Park Place Shaping a growing residential includes the buffer area that the AAP states would be Marfleet Village population required between housing off Cyprus Street, and employment uses to the north. This open space will be taken forward as part of the wider Private Developer Delivery on-site Unknown Unknown. No identified HCC Ganstead Grove G12 Park Place Shaping New open space. housing development schemes within which they are funding gap Information Housing located. This open space will be taken forward as part of the wider Private Developer Delivery on-site Unknown Unknown. No identified HCC G13 Park Grief Site (Housing) Place Shaping New open space. housing development schemes within which they are funding gap Information located. Holderness Drain, Public realm Provision of linkages across Holderness Drain to promote CIL/ Ward Budget/ HCC G14 Park Place Shaping HCC Unknown Unknown Unknown Linkages improvement better linkages in the Preston Road area. HCC Information Former David Lister To provide an element of formal green space as part of the No identified HCC G15 Park Place Shaping New open space. Private Developer Delivery on-site Unknown Unknown. School Site development of the David Lister School. funding gap Information Short to Newbridge Road/ Improvements to Improvement of an existing area of Green Space at New CIL/ Ward Budget/ Medium HCC G16 Park Sherburn Street Green Place Shaping HCC £350,000 £350,000 existing green space Bridge Road and Sherburn Street. HCC term (1 – 6 Information Space years) High quality environmental improvement scheme to Medium to Public realm CIL/ Ward Budget/ HCC G17 Park East Park Entrance Place Shaping provide a focal point for the park as a landmark, and to HCC Unknown Long term £350,000 improvement HCC Information improve pedestrian linkages. (6+ years) Incorporation of a rerouted and landscaped Engine Drain, wetland planting, a small wood, skate / BMX park Short to Kingswood Wawne Public realm and Open overlooked by the Local Centre, allotments, and informal Delivery on-site and Medium No identified HCC G18 North Carr Place Shaping Private Developer £2,490,000 View – Open Space Space improvement playing field large enough for football or rugby, a MUGA S106 term (1 – 6 funding gap Information and play area. New Greenways are also proposed within years) this area of Kingswood. Short to New Open Space with Kingswood – Total of 4.7ha of open space to be provides as part of the Delivery on-site and Medium No identified HCC G19 North Carr Place Shaping Flood Storage Private Developer £663,000 Riverbank Open Space Kingswood Flood Storage Areas. S106 term (1 – 6 funding gap Information functions. years) Short to Provision of additional play equipment and improvement Open Space CIL/ HLF/ ‘Friends Medium HCC G20 West Pickering Park Place-Shaping of open space. There is also a requirement to improve the HCC £800,000 £800,000 Improvements. Fund’ Raising term (1 – 6 Information toilet and educational facilities. years) Friends of Peter Pan Park have consulted with residents and users of the park and are working towards creating a masterplan including:  Develop a facility for open air concerts and Short to Improvement to open performance arena. CIL/ HLF/ ‘Friends Medium HCC G21 West Peter Pan Park Place-Shaping HCC £300,000 £300,000 space  New car parking facilities. Fund’ Raising term (1 – 6 Information  Improved toilet facilities which include facilities years) for disabled people and baby changing will allow people to stay longer and spend their money in the cafe. Provision of an artificial grass area within the park to Wymersley/ Improvement to open HCC G22 Wyke Place-Shaping improve the use of areas that currently are underused due HCC CIL £92,430 Short to £92,430 Springhead Park space Information to waterlogging. Medium

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 152 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation term (1 – 6 years) Short to Alderman Kneeshaw Improvement to open Improvement works, with a specific project identified for Medium HCC G23 East Place-Shaping HCC CIL/S106 £107,460 £107,460 Park space the creation of a water play area. term (1 – 6 Information years) Short to A proposal has been put forward for improvements to the CIL/ Ward Budgets/ Public realm and Open Medium HCC G24 HCC Barbara Robson Park Place-Shaping park entrance and boundary fencing, together with the HCC S106/ External Grants/ Unknown Unknown Space improvement term (1 – 6 Information children’s equipment and park furniture. CIL years) A total of five sites have been put forward to support nature conservation, including:  Land at Coronation Road, North; Short to Nature Conservation Nature Conservation Ward Budgets/ S106/ Medium HCC G25 HCC Place-Shaping  Land at Hamling Way; HCC £375,000 £375,000 Site improvement External Grants term (1 – 6 Information  Loglands Wildlife Zone; years)  Bude Park; and,  Noddle Hill. Short to Improvements to the Woodland Areas and Pathways to Improvements to Open space Medium HCC G26 HCC Place-Shaping promote greater use of the space to encourage health and HCC Ward Budget/ CIL £30,000 £25,000 ‘General Cemetery’ Improvements term (1 – 6 Information educational benefits. years) General improvements for a number of open spaces (see Reference: G27, in Table 15.1) including:  Western Gailes Way;  Ings Playing fields; Short to General Open Space Open Space  Chevin Village Green at Camberwell Way; Medium HCC G27 HCC Place-Shaping HCC CIL/ Private Developer £165,000 £165,000 Improvements Improvements  Ark Royal Open Space; term (1 – 6 Information  Howdale Road Field; years)  Nidderdale Meadow;  South of Cumbrian Way; and,  Hedon Road Memorial Gardens. Improvements to existing play areas and creation of new play areas including:  Celandine Close Park;  Buckingham Street Play Park;  Barnsley Street Play Park;  Edinburgh Street Community Centre; Short to Improvements and  John Hadland Park; Open Space Medium HCC G28 HCC Replacements of Play Place-Shaping  Mayville Avenue; HCC Unknown £1,500,000 £1,400,000 Improvements term (1 – 6 Information Facilities  East Park Play Area; years)  Lindengate Avenue;  Blandford Cycle Gym;  Langsett Play Park  Bude Park;  Heartlands Park; and  Stroud Crescent.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 153 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

Short to New allotment New allotments in the Orchard Park/ Greenwood ward Medium HCC G29 HCC Allotment Provision Place-Shaping HCC CIL/ Private Developer £50,000 £50,000 provision. areas. term (1 – 6 Information years) Sport, Leisure and Recreation New and improved space playing pitches are planned within the area called Wilberforce Wood and within Bude Park. New provision could cost around £90,000 and would be covered by what is estimated will be available from S106. £90,000 Improvements to existing facilities could involve (potential need Short to Kingswood Area To increase the level of Discussions Kingswoo significantly higher costs of around £155,000 in addition to for £155,000 to Medium Potential gap of S1 Action Plan Playing Place-Shaping playing pitches within Private Developer S106/ CIL with HCC d the £90,000, bringing the total investment in playing support term (1-6 £245,000. Pitch Provision the AAP area. officers pitches to £245,000 and it is not clear where funding could improvements years) be made available for these. to existing. New changing facilities and car parking have also been identified as being required to promote better use of facilities but no funding is available at present for these. CIL funding could be used to support provision. Place-Shaping S106/ CIL Short to Discussions Pelican Park Multi- Improvements to Proposals include a new pavilion and improvements to the Medium No gap S2 Park HCC £300,000 with HCC sports facility Public Realm. pitch areas. term (1-6 identified. officers years) Place-Shaping Proposals comprise the improvement of facilities for S106/ CIL Short to children and young people, including a new Skate Park/ Discussions Improvements to Medium S3 Riverside Gower Park Scooter Park, improvements to the MUGA, improved HCC £220,000 £195,000 with HCC Public Realm. term (1-6 lighting, removal of the old depot building, improvement officers years) to entrances and paths. Place-Shaping S106/ CIL Short to Longhill Playing Discussions Improvements to Installation of floodlights, synthetic turf and fencing to Medium S4 East Fields/ Frome Road HCC Unknown Unknown with HCC Public Realm. create all weather training facility for sports teams term (1-6 Park officers years) Place-Shaping S106/ CIL Short to Discussions Dane Park Playing Improvements to Open Provision of new sports facilities including changing rooms Medium S5 North Carr HCC Unknown Unknown with HCC Fields Space and grounds improvements term (1-6 officers years) Place-Shaping S106/ CIL Short to Discussions King George V Playing Improvements to Open Medium S6 West Provision of new skate bowl facility. HCC Unknown Unknown with HCC Fields Space term (1-6 officers years) Place-Shaping S106/ CIL Short to Discussions Parks Primary School Improvements to Open Provision of Multi-use Area, at an anticipated cost of Medium S7 Northern HCC £100,000 £100,000 with HCC off Hall Road Space £100,000. term (1-6 officers years) Health Based on discussions with the Hull Public Health team it is Hull CCQ Discussion with Provision of additional considered that there is adequate health provision to meet central government Throughout H1 City Wide Enabling Hull CCQ £unknown No gap Hull Public GP provision the needs of the new housing based on investment in LIFT funding plan period centres. However if new provision is required this will be Health

flagged by the GP providers in Hull. The NHS North

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 154 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation Yorkshire and Humber Area Team will then consider NHS North Yorkshire option for expanding existing practices or developing new and Humber Area facilities. Each new registered patient in Hull will mean Team additional funding being received directly from Central Government. Emergency Services

Humberside Fire and Rescue (HFRS) are currently Central Government working with HCC to agree a land swap. This would mean Funding. that the current Central Fire Station would be transferred to HCC ownership and a site on Spring Street, off Spring Council Tax. Bank, which is currently in HCC ownership, would be Short Term EM City Provide a new fire provided to HFRS. HFRS Discussions Central Fire Station Strategic Revenue generated £unknown (1 – 5 No gap 1 Centre station. with HFRS. The agreement to carry out the land swap is expected this HCC from a trading years) year (2014). HFRS would then need to secure planning company, HFR consent on their new site to construct a new fire station. Solutions, which is a The old central station would remain open until the new controlled company of station became operational and would then close and be Humberside Fire handed over to HCC. Authority. Education Based on HCC education in-house formula for calculating new primary school places from new developments (100 new homes generate 22 primary) then 3080 additional primary school places will be generated by 14,400 new homes. This does not consider existing provision. Based on current Funding from projected growth in primary school places (which factors Priority Schools Potential gap in Strategic school places from new developments with planning Throughout funding To provide necessary Building Programme. Discussions Primary School consent) the following areas will have capacity issues: plan period (however ED1 City Wide primary school places HCC Basic Needs £unknown with HCC Provision Holderness Road AAP (could be partly served by East (from funding for new housing. Allowance. officers Area): Park Area: primary capacity issues from 2017/18. 2017) mechanisms are St Newington and St Andrews AAP / City Centre: Potential S106 for in place) Riverside Area: primary school capacity issues from larger sites. 2018/19. Kingswood: North Carr Area: primary school capacity issues from 2021/22.There is currently primary school places available in the primary Broadacre and Kingswood Parks Primary. Based on HCC education in-house formula for calculating new secondary school places from new developments (100 new homes generate 14 secondary places) then 1960 Funding from additional secondary school places will be generated by Priority Schools Potential gap in Strategic Throughout funding To provide necessary 14,400 new homes. Building Programme. Discussions Secondary School plan period (however ED2 City Wide secondary school This does not consider existing provision. Based on current HCC Basic Needs £unknown with HCC Provision (from funding places for new housing projected growth in secondary school places (which factors Allowance. officers 2017) mechanisms are school places from new developments with planning Potential S106 for in place) consent). The BSF secondary schools, have been designed larger sites. to provide adequate capacity up to 2017, with space for expansion based on predicted needs.. Community and Cultural

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 155 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Strategic / Lead delivery Delivery Location Place Shaping Need for scheme agency/ Gaps in Ref Scheme Requirements of scheme / comments Delivery mechanism Cost phasing Baseline source (Where) or Enabling (Why) management funding (When) Infrastructure organisation

Hull has been confirmed as the City of Culture 2017. This creates a huge opportunity for Hull to showcase its extensive museum and cultural offer in the city centre. Museum and Galleries HCC plan to include high profile exhibitions within their Short Term Discussions City Promote cultural HCC capital funding. C1 City of Culture Place Shaping existing buildings and exceed the normal cultural offer. HCC £unknown (1 – 5 No gap with HCC Centre opportunities in Hull. Preparations HCC want to bring visitors into Hull and the City Centre years) officers and create a cultural destination. It is about using existing assets differently and delivering an increased return on the investment.

The priorities for HCC post City of Culture include:  Refurbishing the Hull Maritime Museum. HCC capital funding. Short to  Refurbishment of the Hull and East Riding Discussions City Improvement to Upgrading existing medium C2 Place Shaping Museum. HCC £unknown No gap with HCC Centre museum provision assets. Term (1 –  Considering options for providing dry dock A wide range of grant officers facilities for the Arctic Corsair and Spurn funders 10 years) Lightship. To improve access and reduce maintenance costs.

There are three libraries that would benefit from quality improvements: HCC capital and revenue funding.  The Avenue Library: improvements required related to disabled access.  Greenwood Avenue Library: the building is a The James Rickett temporary building from 1945 and has repairs and Fund (Library Trust required or potentially a new building. generating approximately Short to Improvement and To bring existing Discussions  Bransholme Library: this building is dated and £400,000 per year to be medium C3 City Wide provision of library Place Shaping provision up to HCC £unknown No gap with HCC requires upgrades to deliver a modern service. A spend on library Term (1 – services. standard. officers new library building would be beneficial in this provision and 10 years) location. improvements). The remainder of the library stock is in a relatively good state of repair. The services would always support investment in building stock to allow additional library Townscape Heritage services (e.g book groups and children’s groups). Initiative in heritage buildings or The Kingwood area would benefit from additional library conservation areas. provision.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 156 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Funding Sources

16.1 Overview This section examines how the infrastructure funding gaps identified in Section 15 can be met. It firstly explores how funding can be found for the identified gaps. It then considers how HCC can manage risks associated with funding moving forwards.

16.2 Exploring opportunities for securing funding

16.2.1 Securing funding for infrastructure This section sets out how Hull’s prioritised infrastructure needs could be funded. It focuses on securing funding where there are identified funding gaps for priority infrastructure. It assumes that existing funding allocations will become firm funding sources in due course. Should this not be the case, HCC will need to review the findings of this Study, including considering additional and/or alternative funding options. The available principal funding sources for infrastructure are summarised below. In each case we have identified our understanding in simple terms of the issues surrounding each potential funding source to inform below our emerging thinking on potential preferred funding options.

16.2.2 Strategic infrastructure The principal source of funding for strategic infrastructure would be Government funding, either given directly by Government or administered in some other means (e.g. Highway Agency funding, Basic Needs Allowance to provide additional school places and Local Growth Fund). In some cases where strategic infrastructure is promoted by Government such works would be 100% funded by Government. In other cases where strategic infrastructure is promoted locally, HCC would need to make a funding contribution. In the latter case, the shortage of funding available from HCC means that HCC will need to make a clear case to Government as to why certain identified funding gaps arise due to nationally significant strategic infrastructure. As set out in Section 15 funding sources are in place to fund the necessary strategic infrastructure. A case in point is flood protection which have been identified as a required strategic infrastructure. There is potential national funding streams identified to fund the required defences. The density of the existing population at risk of flooding in Hull means that HCC are confident that future funding will be secured. The funding for flood defences for the wider Humber Bank is less certain. HCC are working closely with wider Humber Local Planning Authorities to lobby Central Government for funding.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 157 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

16.2.3 Enabling infrastructure The funding of enabling infrastructure is generally the responsibility of statutory bodies. The main unknown in relation to delivery of enabling infrastructure is timescale for the delivery for improvements. E.g. the NHS will provide additional GP provision if on-going monitoring shows this is required. For example the identified requirement for a new primary sub-station to serve the planned new development in the City Centre and Eastern Corridor. The cost of this sub-station would be met by Northern Powergrid and developers requiring the upgrade to provide adequate capacity for their development. However the timing of this upgrade and the potential associated viability issues for developments in the vicinity is currently not known. There are a range of transport schemes that have been identified as enabling infrastructure. HCC have generally got identified potential funding sources for these works or are working to identify sources of funding. However not all funding is committed. HCC should continue to access potentail funding sources when they become available. Improvements to broadband provision has been identified as a required enabling infrastructure. Kingston Communications are rolling out a scheme of broadband improvements at their own cost, however the improvements are taking place slower than other parts of the Country. However there may be a case to accelerate the process to support the economic attractiveness of Hull. External funding would need to be accessed to deliver these improvements. It has been assumed that Kingston Communications will provide new housing and employment with broadband as this is standard practice.

16.2.4 Place-shaping infrastructure Overview The infrastructure falling into this category is principally open space, public realm, play areas and additional playing pitch provision. It also includes the delivery of cycling schemes and some minor highway improvement schemes that would deliver place shaping. This includes an identified backlog in maintenance funding maintenance of parks and playing areas and delivery of playing pitch improvements. Open Space, Play areas and Sport and Recreation The provision of place-shaping infrastructure relates to the provision of publicly accessible urban green space, such as public parks or amenity areas, children’s play space, playing pitches which are marked out for sports or public realm improvements (including civic spaces, involving hard and soft landscaping works beyond the private space of buildings). The identified requirements for improvements in place shaping infrastructure set out in Table 15.1 will require considerable resources. The main sources of funding include:  Planning Obligations (S106 for provision of facilities on site).  Community Infrastructure Levy or commuted sum through S106.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 158 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 HCC resources.  External Funding (including via the Humber LEP). There should be a clear objective to maximise the proportion of funding secured through planning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL). There will also be competing demands for CIL receipts over the plan period from different place shaping infrastructure, this may require HCC to prioritise certain aspects of place shaping infrastructure. The amount of infrastructure that the Council could require developers to provide will sometimes not be sufficient to deliver provision and therefore the gap will need to be addressed utilising other sources. In terms of HCC resources, the potential to fund improvements is constrained by the current budgetary environment. This environment is likely to continue for the foreseeable future meaning that additional sources of funding are likely to be required to meet the identified infrastructure improvements required. Sources of external funding may include:  Big Lottery.  Sport England.  Heritage Lottery Fund.  Community Development Foundation14. There may also be the opportunity to pursue funds through the Humber Local Enterprise Partnership (LEP). For example, the opportunity to package up improvements into a programme for local growth fund, in conjunction with the other local authorities in the LEP could be explored. Nationally, some LEPs have supported packages of green infrastructure as part of their first round of Local Growth Fund investment. This would require discussion with the Humber LEP. However consideration would also need to be given to how the outputs would be demonstrated. Many external funding schemes have limited windows in which applications must be submitted. Projects would also need to be confirmed eligible and at a reasonable state of readiness to be delivered. There is uncertainty in the medium-term over the operational parameters in relation to HCC and external funding sources. This uncertainty will remain until after the 2015 General Election and the next Parliament is commenced. Broadly, on-going policy changes by central government are seeking to promote investment in capital projects. The devolution of further powers could provide further avenues of financing that could be deployed to meet place-making objectives. Current interest rates are also low, meaning that there is the potential in principle to borrow money at a relatively low cost. It is noted that the viability assessment associated with the development of CIL and the completion of the Regulation 123 list are both being progressed by HCC. The Draft Regulation 123 included a range of place-shaping infrastructure, which is currently being reviewed and updated.

14 Deliver via community groups. Runs to March 2015. | Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 159 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Funding deficits in maintenance budgets There are significant deficits in maintenance budgets for the existing portfolio of place-making infrastructure assets. These cannot be funded through CIL and will need to be addressed through reorganisation of HCC’s assets and/or external funding sources. The long-term management and maintenance of new infrastructure assets is also a crucial consideration. In the process of prioritisation for new infrastructure investment, an emphasis should be placed on demonstrating the long-term viability of on-going revenue costs. HCC should seek to fund maintenance of any new open space or play areas provided by developers in the City. This could be through a private management arrangement. These could be pursued instead of commuted sum arrangements (whereby the Council adopts common areas in exchange for commuted sums from developers) since these type of arrangements have the potential to create unsustainable maintenance liabilities for the Council in the long-term.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 160 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

Conclusions and Recommendations

17.1 Overall Conclusion The conclusion from this study is that there is broadly sufficient infrastructure, either current or planned, to support the housing and economic growth aspirations for Kingston upon Hull up to 2030. As such, the current evidence shows that the strategy set out in the emerging Local Plan is broadly deliverable. However, there are uncertainties associated with the planning and delivery of some infrastructure. There are also some gaps in the ability for committed or allocated funding to deliver the necessary level of infrastructure. Specific risks include:  the requirement for a new primary electricity sub-station in the city centre to facilitate and enable new development.  maintaining a proactive approach to flood risk working closely with wider Humber Bank partners to ensure a long term funding.  consider options to improve broadband provision and whether HCC takes a more active role in facilitating the transition to Next Generation Access.  overcoming the funding gap to deliver the required level of green infrastructure, open space, sport and recreation, public realm improvements and reaching agreement on how the revised approach to developer contributions through a CIL can help fill funding gaps. Across this areas of risk decisions will need to be made on priorities for infrastructure delivery. These decisions must factor in the timing and phasing of housing and economic development and also infrastructure investment cycles. Across certain infrastructure types HCC will also need to consider a range of options and solutions to reflect uncertainties in delivery and uncertainties over funding and investment.

17.2 Infrastructure-Specific Conclusions The following section details the specific conclusions in relation to each infrastructure type: Transport: capacity and congestion issues on the A63 Castle Street is a long- standing and constraint on future housing and economic growth. It specifically impinges on the future development of the Port of Hull and Siemens investment in Green Port Hull and also serves as a physical barrier to other infrastructure providers, for example, emergency services. Funding has been secured for this scheme. There are some identified place shaping schemes which would require additional funding. There are no critical gaps in funding of transport infrastructure. Utility Networks: there is a need for a new primary electricity sub-station to serve new development in the City Centre and Eastern Corridor to enable the level and type of housing and economic growth planned. This a vital piece of enabling infrastructure to help secure the long term future of development viability in the

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 161 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

city centre. This would be funded by Northern Powergrid and developers in the vicinity. There are no other gaps in infrastructure provision. Telecommunications: complexities surround the future delivery of telecommunications and ICT in Hull due to the operation by Kingston Communications. Investment is likely to be demand-led and market-driven. To deliver on its other objectives, the Council could explore opportunities to bring about greater digital connectivity in the city. Investment by the Council would be as part of wider aims to develop the knowledge-economy, reposition sites and deliver regeneration. This gap relates to existing residential and business premises, not proposed new development. As a new industrial or commercial development would also be served by an optical fibre connection from Kingston Communications. Flood Risk and Drainage: planned infrastructure improvements and programmed investments are set to provide Hull with the required standards being developed through the emerging Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA). The population of Hull at risk of flooding means that the City will be eligible for funding through the Flood Defence Grant in Aid (FDGiA). HCC would seek to secure external funding for flood defence works. However there may be potential for Community Infrastructure Levy to be used to fund some small scale future works. HCC would expect individual sites to provide adequate flood defences on site. Waste: HCC are working jointly with East Riding to procure the necessary waste contracts to manage waste for the next 10 years (with an allowance for a 5 year extension period). These contracts begin on the 1st April 2015 and provides the necessary infrastructure to provide waste management for the planned housing and employment in Hull. Green Infrastructure and Open Space: There are significant costs and an identified gap in funding for the delivery of proposed green infrastructure and open space improvements. Many of the schemes proposed are in key strategic development areas and regeneration areas. The funding gap poses problem for HCC’s long term transformational change agenda. As highlighted in Section 16, understanding the role of developer contributions (i.e. CIL or a revised Section 106) in bridging this funding gap requires further work and consideration. Through dialogue with the HCC open space team it was confirmed that there is a requirement to improve open spaces and provide new open spaces and play areas in the City. Hull City Council have identified a detailed list of priority open space projects. The Community Infrastructure Levy will be targeted to deliver the improvements. Sport and Recreation Infrastructure: Based on the Playing Pitch Strategy and discussion with HCC officers it was confirmed that there is generally adequate provision to meet the requirements for the future population. The Building the School Programme has delivered new sports provision, and agreements are in place to allow these facilities to be open to the public when not being used by the scheme. However some funding is required to improve facilities. HCC have identified a detailed list of priority sports projects (shown in Table 15.1) and investigating funding options, including the potential use of CIL. Health: Based on discussions with the Hull Public Health team it is considered that there is adequate health provision to meet the needs of the new housing based

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 162 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

on investment in LIFT centres. However if new provision is required this will be flagged by the GP providers in Hull. The NHS North Yorkshire and Humber Area Team will then consider option for expanding existing practices or developing new facilities. Each new registered patient in Hull will mean additional funding being received directly from Central Government. There is no funding gap for the provision of health services in Hull. Emergency Services: The general trend is for Emergency Services is to move away from larger centralised buildings or facilities and towards smaller, leaner and more responsive service provision. Funding is allocated directly from central government and through local council tax and captured within Capital Plans and Programmes. Internal risk analysis undertaken by each emergency service results in bespoke service provision. There is no funding gap for the provision of emergency services in Hull. Education: There will be a requirement to provide additional primary and secondary school places to support housing growth up to 2030. It would appear that HCC have not requested S106 contributions for education on new housing development in the past, as historically there has not been education capacity issues. However by 2017 there will be a requirement to deliver additional primary school places and by 2018 there will be a requirement to deliver additional secondary school places. The provision of new schools will be delivered through the following funding mechanisms: Priority Schools Building Programme; Basic Needs Allowance; Future central government capital funding and Potential S106 from larger sites. There are delivery mechanisms in place to deliver the required new school places. It is therefore considered that there is no gap in the funding of education provision. Community and Cultural: Potential improvements to library stock, museum provision and public realm improvements have been identified. The funding for the library improvements and museum upgrades will be sought from HCC funds or relevant external biddable funding that becomes available funding. HCC will seek to fund public realm improvements through external funding and potentially the use of CIL. Climate Change and Renewables: HCC have promoted and are continued to consider the opportunities for developing renewable energy and low carbon technologies in Hull. This includes the development of a District Heating Feasibility Study, which is investigating heat sources and potential heat receptors in the City. There is no identified gap in climate change and renewable infrastructure; a number of schemes are identified in the Infrastructure Delivery Programme.

17.3 Priority Infrastructure This study has highlighted some priority infrastructure types where short, medium and long term delivery will be important; they are categorised as follows:  Strategic infrastructure of national / regional significance: in particular A63 Castle Street and investment in flood protection.  Place-shaping infrastructure: in particular for greenspace and open space.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 163 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

 Enabling infrastructure: for strategic sites in Hull and East Riding or other infrastructure of strategic importance to Hull, in particular electricity capacity in Hull City Centre. There are also other investments which if left to the market would happen only slowly, including telecommunications investment. Overcoming the identified infrastructure gaps will require a strong partnership working from HCC, wider stakeholders, and the private sector. Many solutions will require a multi-agency approach with partners working together to maximise possibilities. Equally, each infrastructure ‘type’ will require its own funding solution, categorised as follows:  For strategic infrastructure of national / regional significance – Government funding sources seem most appropriate.  For place-shaping infrastructure – potential investment from external bodies such as the HCA or Humber LEP, along with some investment from HCC and other grant sources. However this is likely to leave a residual funding gap that needs to be bridged, with landowners / developers the next most obvious source of investment. HCC will need to explore how CIL can meet corporate and infrastructure objectives, and / or how HCC can revise its existing Section 106 obligations so as to gain greater, more consistent levels of developer contributions.  For enabling infrastructure – there is generally an identified statutory body responsible for delivery, however HCC need to work with the statutory bodies to confirm timescales for investment linked to the planned development included in the Local Plan. The long term nature of this study means there are likely to be a number of financial fluctuations affecting the funding and delivery of infrastructure. In combination with the current uncertainty over existing funding allocations being formally committed, this could lead to significant additional funding gaps for infrastructure delivery. It is vital that HCC and partners review the implications and findings from this study on a regular basis. This will ensure future plans reflect current thinking, but also allows scope for refinement and the ability to change to new circumstances in the future.

17.4 Recommendations The findings of this study have raised a number of issues to consider as HCC progresses in the short, medium and long term. Based upon knowledge gathered, it is recommended that HCC proceeds with the following next steps:  Communicate and consult on the findings of this Infrastructure Study through consultation on the Community Infrastructure Levy in late 2014. Whilst the development of the study has been the subject of consultation within HCC and with partner organisations, there are no doubt many other parties with a view on the findings.  Further dialogue with the HCC area committees to understand funding gaps and project requirements for identified place making infrastructure.  Ensure that existing allocations are converted into funding commitments. HCC needs to take all necessary steps to ensure that existing allocations become committed funding. This will involve continuous dialogue with local

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 164 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX

Hull City Council Infrastructure Study Interim Stage 2 Report

and city-region partners to maintain Hull’s position as a vital component of the future of the Humber LEP area.  HCC should undertake further work to establish how it can make the process of capturing developer contributions more transparent and consistent. The Infrastructure Study will support the development of a Community Infrastructure Levy by helping identify a 123 List of infrastructure to be funded by CIL.  It is recommended that HCC explores in greater detail the available investment from HCA and the Humber LEP, with a particular focus on funding place making infrastructure.  HCC work closely with Humber Bank partners to lobby for flood defence funding and continue to work up a deliverable solution to flood risk issues.  HCC engage with Northern Powergrid and known affected developers to understand the likely timescale for the delivery of a new primary sub-station to serve proposed development allocations in the City Centre and Eastern Corridor.  Arup will work with HCC to keep the Infrastructure Study up to date and provide the evidence base for the emerging Hull Local Plan. The next draft is expected in early 2015.

| Issue | 12 March 2015 Page 165 \\GLOBAL\EUROPE\LEEDS\JOBS\230000\237568-00\0 ARUP\0-09 PLANNING\0-09-08 REPORTS\STAGE 2 FINAL REPORT_MARCH 2015\2015 03 12_HCC INFRASTRUCTURE INTERIM STAGE 2 REPORT_ISSUE.DOCX